TW201840431A - Antireflection laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device including same - Google Patents

Antireflection laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device including same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201840431A
TW201840431A TW107103578A TW107103578A TW201840431A TW 201840431 A TW201840431 A TW 201840431A TW 107103578 A TW107103578 A TW 107103578A TW 107103578 A TW107103578 A TW 107103578A TW 201840431 A TW201840431 A TW 201840431A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
group
film
polymerizable compound
laminate
Prior art date
Application number
TW107103578A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
內村真
植木啓吾
高田勝之
福重裕一
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201840431A publication Critical patent/TW201840431A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/38Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising epoxy resins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B9/00Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • G02B1/113Anti-reflection coatings using inorganic layer materials only
    • G02B1/115Multilayers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Abstract

The present invention provides an antireflection laminate which can sufficiently suppress reflection of a keyboard due to a load, and which has excellent scratch resistance, and a polarizing plate and an image display device that include the same. This antireflection laminate is a laminate formed by laminating at least a resin film, a hard coat layer, and an inorganic oxide layer in this order, wherein the pencil hardness of the laminate is 4H or more, the stiffness thereof is 8.0 N.mm or more, and the Knoop hardness thereof is 150 to 300 mN/mm2.

Description

防反射積層體以及具有其之偏振片及圖像顯示裝置  Anti-reflection laminate, polarizing plate and image display device therewith  

本發明係有關一種防反射積層體以及具有該防反射積層體之偏振片及圖像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to an antireflection laminate and a polarizing plate and an image display device having the antireflection laminate.

為了防止太陽光及熒光燈等外光在顯示畫面上之反光,在LCD(液晶顯示器)、CRT(陰極射線管顯示器)及電漿顯示器等光學顯示裝置的前表面設置防反射膜。 In order to prevent external light such as sunlight and fluorescent lamps from being reflected on the display screen, an anti-reflection film is provided on the front surface of an optical display device such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), a CRT (Cathode Ray Tube Display), or a plasma display.

作為具有防反射層之防反射膜,例如在專利文獻1中記載有防反射膜,該防反射膜係在作為透明基材膜之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜的至少一面上依次積層硬塗層和防反射層而成。就該防反射膜而言,防反射膜的霧度為0.4%以下,全光線透射率為92%以上,視感反射率滿足0.9%以下,基材膜、硬塗層及防反射層膜具有特定範圍的膜厚。又,在專利文獻2中記載有積層體,其係在基材上具有防反射層之防反射積層體,其中防反射層的膜厚為100nm以上,防反射積層體的壓入硬度相對於壓入深度100nm的壓入試驗為11GPa以上~15GPa以下。在專利文獻3中記載有防反射膜,其係在透明基材的至少一面依次形成有硬塗層和防反射層。該防反射膜形成有2層以上硬塗層,最靠近透明基材而形成之硬塗層的彈性模數σm高於表層的硬塗層的彈性模數σSAs an antireflection film having an antireflection layer, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses an antireflection film which is laminated on at least one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film as a transparent base film. Made of coating and anti-reflection layer. In the antireflection film, the antireflection film has a haze of 0.4% or less, a total light transmittance of 92% or more, and a visual reflectance of 0.9% or less, and the base film, the hard coat layer, and the antireflection layer film have A specific range of film thickness. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a laminate which is an antireflection laminate having an antireflection layer on a substrate, wherein the thickness of the antireflection layer is 100 nm or more, and the indentation hardness of the antireflection laminate is relative to the pressure. The intrusion test at a depth of 100 nm was 11 GPa or more and 15 GPa or less. Patent Document 3 describes an antireflection film in which a hard coat layer and an antireflection layer are sequentially formed on at least one surface of a transparent substrate. The antireflection film is formed with two or more hard coat layers, and the elastic modulus σ m of the hard coat layer formed closest to the transparent substrate is higher than the elastic modulus σ S of the hard coat layer of the surface layer.

【先前技術文獻】  [Previous Technical Literature]   【專利文獻】  [Patent Literature]  

【專利文獻1】日本特開2010-92003號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-92003

【專利文獻2】日本特開2007-271958號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-271958

【專利文獻3】日本特開2000-214791號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-214791

作為具備光學顯示裝置之機器的代表性例子,可以舉出筆記本式個人電腦(筆記本式PC)。近年來,筆記本式PC的薄型化進展,隨著該薄型化,在折疊筆記本式PC之狀態下顯示器表面容易施加更大的載荷。 A representative example of a device including an optical display device is a notebook personal computer (notebook PC). In recent years, the thinning of the notebook PC has progressed, and as the thickness is reduced, a larger load is easily applied to the surface of the display in the state of folding the notebook PC.

可知在具備防反射膜之筆記本式PC中產生因上述載荷而在顯示器表面上轉印鍵盤的痕跡,或者因異物夾入顯示器與鍵盤之間而在顯示器表面產生凹陷,或者產生劃傷等問題(所謂的“鍵盤轉印”的問題)。又,該鍵盤轉印的問題在智慧手機等中例如還作為殼體的模樣轉印於顯示器之現象而出現。 It has been found that in a notebook PC having an anti-reflection film, a trace of a keyboard being transferred onto the surface of the display due to the above-described load is generated, or a foreign matter is caught between the display and the keyboard to cause a depression on the surface of the display, or scratches or the like ( The so-called "keyboard transfer" problem). Further, the problem of the keyboard transfer occurs in a smart phone or the like, for example, as a phenomenon in which the casing is transferred to the display.

本發明人進行了深入研究,其結果發現,藉由提高防反射膜中的表面膜的鉛筆硬度,能夠抑制載荷所引起之鍵盤轉印。但是,其另一方面,得知若提高表面硬度,在會產生防反射膜的耐擦性變差的新的問題。 As a result of intensive studies, the inventors have found that by increasing the pencil hardness of the surface film in the antireflection film, it is possible to suppress the keyboard transfer caused by the load. On the other hand, however, it has been found that when the surface hardness is increased, there is a new problem that the abrasion resistance of the antireflection film is deteriorated.

本發明係鑑於上述問題點而完成者,其課題在於提供一種能夠充分抑制上述載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印、又耐擦性亦優異之防反射積層體以及具有該防反射積層體之偏振片及圖像顯示裝置。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide an antireflection laminate which is excellent in abrasion resistance and which is excellent in abrasion resistance, and a polarizing plate having the antireflection laminate. Image display device.

本發明人為了解決上述課題而進行了深入研究,其結果發現,藉由將防反射膜表面的鉛筆硬度和防反射膜整體的剛性提高至特定值以上之基礎上,進一步將防反射膜的努氏硬度設在特定的範圍內,能夠有效地抑 制顯示器表面的鍵盤轉印,並且還能夠賦予顯示器表面充分的耐擦性。 The present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above problems, and as a result, it has been found that the pencil hardness of the surface of the antireflection film and the rigidity of the entire antireflection film are increased to a specific value or more, and further, the antireflection film is further provided. The hardness is set to a specific range, which can effectively suppress keyboard transfer on the surface of the display, and can also impart sufficient rub resistance to the surface of the display.

本發明係鑑於該等見解重複進行研究而完成者。 The present invention has been completed in view of the above findings.

亦即,上述課題藉由以下手段得到了解決。 That is, the above problems are solved by the following means.

(1) (1)

一種防反射積層體,其至少具有樹脂膜、配置於該樹脂膜上的單面之硬塗層及配置於該硬塗層上之無機氧化物層,該防反射積層體中 An anti-reflection laminate comprising at least a resin film, a one-side hard coat layer disposed on the resin film, and an inorganic oxide layer disposed on the hard coat layer, wherein the anti-reflection laminate body

上述積層體的鉛筆硬度為4H以上,剛性為8.0N‧mm以上,努氏硬度為150~300mN/mm2The laminated body has a pencil hardness of 4H or more, a rigidity of 8.0 N‧ mm or more, and a Knoop hardness of 150 to 300 mN/mm 2 .

(2) (2)

如(1)所述之防反射積層體,其中上述硬塗層係組成物的聚合硬化體,該組成物含有具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物1、及與該聚合性化合物1不同之在同一分子內具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物2和/或在同一分子內具有伸烷氧基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物3。 The antireflection laminate according to the above aspect, wherein the polymerizable hardened body of the hard coat layer composition contains a polymerizable compound 1 having a radical polymerizable group, and is different from the polymerizable compound 1. The polymerizable compound 2 having a cationically polymerizable group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule and/or the polymerizable compound 3 having an alkoxy group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule.

(3) (3)

如(2)所述之防反射積層體,其中上述組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,上述聚合性化合物2的含有率為30質量%以上。 The antireflection layered product according to the above aspect, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound 2 in all the polymerizable compounds contained in the composition is 30% by mass or more.

(4) (4)

如(2)或(3)所述之防反射積層體,其中上述組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,上述聚合性化合物3的含有率為30質量%以上。 The antireflection laminate according to the above aspect, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound 3 in all the polymerizable compounds contained in the composition is 30% by mass or more.

(5) (5)

如(2)~(4)中任一項所述之防反射積層體,其中上述陽離子聚合性基為環氧基。 The antireflection laminate according to any one of (2), wherein the cationically polymerizable group is an epoxy group.

(6) (6)

如(5)所述之防反射積層體,其中上述環氧基係脂環式環氧基。 The antireflection laminate according to (5), wherein the epoxy group is an alicyclic epoxy group.

(7) (7)

如(2)~(6)中任一項所述之防反射積層體,其中上述伸烷氧基係伸乙氧基。 The antireflection laminate according to any one of (2) to (6) wherein the alkoxy group is an ethoxy group.

(8) (8)

如(1)~(7)中任一項所述之防反射積層體,其中上述硬塗層的厚度為15μm~40μm。 The antireflection laminate according to any one of (1), wherein the hard coat layer has a thickness of 15 μm to 40 μm.

(9) (9)

如(1)~(8)中任一項所述之防反射積層體,其中上述樹脂膜的厚度為80μm~250μm。 The antireflection laminate according to any one of (1) to (8) wherein the resin film has a thickness of from 80 μm to 250 μm.

(10) (10)

一種偏振片,其具有(1)~(9)中任一項所述之防反射積層體和偏振鏡。 A polarizing plate comprising the antireflection layered body according to any one of (1) to (9) and a polarizer.

(11) (11)

一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有(1)~(9)中任一項所述之防反射積層體。 An image display device comprising the antireflection laminate according to any one of (1) to (9).

在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將“~”的前後 所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 In the present specification, the numerical range expressed by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.

在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係以丙烯酸酯和甲基丙烯酸酯中的一者或兩者的含義來使用。又,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”係以丙烯醯基和甲基丙烯醯基中的一者或兩者的含義來使用。“(甲基)丙烯酸”係以丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸中的一者或兩者的含義來使用。 In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" is used in the meaning of one or both of acrylate and methacrylate. Further, the "(meth)acrylonitrile group" is used in the sense of one or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. "(Meth)acrylic acid" is used in the meaning of one or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

本說明書中所記載之各成分可以僅由一種構成,亦可以併用結構不同之兩種以上。又,當併用結構不同之兩種以上時,各成分的含量係指該等的合計含量。 Each component described in the present specification may be composed of only one type, or two or more types of structures may be used in combination. In addition, when two or more types of structures are used in combination, the content of each component means the total content of these.

在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)只要沒有特別指定,則能夠藉由GPC作為聚苯乙烯換算的分子量而進行測量。此時,GPC裝置使用HLC-8220(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),管柱使用G3000HXL+G2000HXL,在23℃下以1mL/min的流量,利用RI進行檢測。作為洗提液,能夠從THF(四氫呋喃)、氯仿、NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)、間甲酚/氯仿(Shonan Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)中選定,若為溶解者,則使用THF。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) can be measured by GPC as a polystyrene-converted molecular weight unless otherwise specified. At this time, the GPC apparatus used HLC-8220 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), the column was G3000HXL+G2000HXL, and the RI was used at 23 ° C at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. As the eluent, it can be selected from THF (tetrahydrofuran), chloroform, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone), m-cresol/chloroform (manufactured by Shonan Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), if dissolved Use THF.

在本說明書中,各層的厚度、彈性模數、鉛筆硬度、鏡面反射率及努氏硬度係藉由實施例中所記載之方法測定者。 In the present specification, the thickness, modulus of elasticity, pencil hardness, specular reflectance, and Knoop hardness of each layer are measured by the methods described in the examples.

本發明的防反射積層體能夠適宜用作防反射膜。 The antireflection laminate of the present invention can be suitably used as an antireflection film.

依本發明,本發明的防反射積層體能夠充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印,又耐擦性亦優異。又,本發明的偏振片及圖像顯示裝置具有本發明的防反射積層體,可充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印,又顯出優異之耐 擦性。 According to the present invention, the antireflection laminate of the present invention can sufficiently suppress the keyboard transfer accompanying the load, and is excellent in abrasion resistance. Further, the polarizing plate and the image display device of the present invention have the antireflection layered body of the present invention, and it is possible to sufficiently suppress the keyboard transfer accompanying the load and to exhibit excellent scratch resistance.

1A‧‧‧樹脂膜 1A‧‧‧ resin film

2A‧‧‧硬塗層(HC層) 2A‧‧‧hard coating (HC layer)

3A‧‧‧無機氧化物層(AR層) 3A‧‧‧Inorganic oxide layer (AR layer)

4A、4B‧‧‧防反射積層體 4A, 4B‧‧‧ anti-reflection laminate

5A‧‧‧黏結層 5A‧‧‧Bonded layer

1‧‧‧觸摸面板用導電膜 1‧‧‧Electric film for touch panel

2‧‧‧觸摸面板 2‧‧‧ touch panel

3‧‧‧黏結層 3‧‧‧Bonded layer

4C‧‧‧防反射積層體 4C‧‧‧Anti-reflective laminate

5‧‧‧透明絕緣基板 5‧‧‧Transparent insulating substrate

6A、6B‧‧‧導電構件 6A, 6B‧‧‧ conductive members

7A、7B‧‧‧保護層 7A, 7B‧‧‧ protective layer

8‧‧‧第1導電層 8‧‧‧1st conductive layer

9‧‧‧第2導電層 9‧‧‧2nd conductive layer

11A‧‧‧第1虛設電極 11A‧‧‧1st dummy electrode

11‧‧‧第1電極 11‧‧‧1st electrode

12‧‧‧第1周邊配線 12‧‧‧1st perimeter wiring

13‧‧‧第1外部連接端子 13‧‧‧1st external connection terminal

14‧‧‧第1連接部 14‧‧‧1st connection

15‧‧‧第1金屬細線 15‧‧‧1st metal thin line

21‧‧‧第2電極 21‧‧‧2nd electrode

22‧‧‧第2周邊配線 22‧‧‧2nd perimeter wiring

23‧‧‧第2外部連接端子 23‧‧‧2nd external connection terminal

24‧‧‧第2連接部 24‧‧‧2nd connection

25‧‧‧第2金屬細線 25‧‧‧2nd metal wire

C1‧‧‧第1單元 C1‧‧‧Unit 1

C2‧‧‧第2單元 C2‧‧‧Unit 2

D1‧‧‧第1方向 D1‧‧‧1st direction

D2‧‧‧第2方向 D2‧‧‧2nd direction

M1‧‧‧第1網格圖案 M1‧‧‧1st grid pattern

M2‧‧‧第2網格圖案 M2‧‧‧2nd grid pattern

S1‧‧‧有源區 S1‧‧‧Active area

S2‧‧‧周邊區域 Surrounding area of S2‧‧

圖1係表示本發明的防反射積層體的構成之縱剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the configuration of an antireflection laminate of the present invention.

圖2係表示具有黏結層之本發明的防反射積層體的構成的一實施形態之縱剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a structure of an antireflection laminate of the present invention having a bonded layer.

圖3係表示靜電電容式觸摸面板的一實施形態之截面概略圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a capacitive touch panel.

圖4係觸摸面板用導電膜的概略圖。 4 is a schematic view of a conductive film for a touch panel.

圖5係表示圖4中之第1電極11與第2電極21的交叉部之概略圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing an intersection of the first electrode 11 and the second electrode 21 in Fig. 4 .

圖6係表示圖4中之有源區S1內之第1導電層8可具有之第1虛設電極11A的一實施形態之概略圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic view showing an embodiment of the first dummy electrode 11A which the first conductive layer 8 in the active region S1 in Fig. 4 can have.

對本發明的防反射積層體的較佳實施形態進行說明。 A preferred embodiment of the antireflection laminate of the present invention will be described.

[防反射積層體] [anti-reflection laminate]

將本發明的防反射積層體的較佳實施形態示於圖1。圖1所示之防反射積層體4A係至少具有樹脂膜1A、配置於該樹脂膜1A上的單面之硬塗層(以下,亦稱為“HC層”。)2A及配置於該HC層2A上之無機氧化物層(以下,亦稱為“AR層”。)3A之防反射積層體。在本發明的防反射積層體中,積層體的剛性為8.0N‧mm以上,積層體的鉛筆硬度為4H以上,積層體的努氏硬度為150~300mN/mm2A preferred embodiment of the antireflection laminate of the present invention is shown in Fig. 1. The antireflection laminate 4A shown in Fig. 1 has at least a resin film 1A, a hard coat layer (hereinafter also referred to as "HC layer") 2A disposed on the resin film 1A, and a layer disposed on the HC layer. An anti-reflection laminate of 3A on the inorganic oxide layer (hereinafter also referred to as "AR layer"). In the antireflection laminate of the present invention, the rigidity of the laminate is 8.0 N ‧ mm or more, the pencil hardness of the laminate is 4H or more, and the Knoop hardness of the laminate is 150 to 300 mN/mm 2 .

本發明的防反射積層體藉由具有上述構成,能夠充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印(鍵盤痕跡的轉印、凹陷的產生、劃傷的產生),又能夠實現優 異之耐擦性。藉由將積層體的鉛筆硬度及剛性設為特定值以上,能夠抑制鍵盤轉印,另一方面,若積層體的硬度高,則無法得到充分的耐擦性。在本發明中,推定藉由將積層體的努氏硬度設在特定的範圍內,摩擦應力得到鬆弛,集中於AR層與HC層的界面之應力被分散等,從而可抑制AR層的剝落,可提高耐擦性。 According to the anti-reflection laminate of the present invention, it is possible to sufficiently suppress the keyboard transfer (the transfer of the keyboard trace, the occurrence of the depression, and the occurrence of scratches) accompanying the load, and it is possible to achieve excellent rub resistance. By setting the pencil hardness and rigidity of the laminated body to a specific value or more, it is possible to suppress keyboard transfer. On the other hand, if the hardness of the laminated body is high, sufficient abrasion resistance cannot be obtained. In the present invention, it is estimated that the frictional stress is relaxed by setting the Knoop hardness of the laminated body within a specific range, and the stress concentrated on the interface between the AR layer and the HC layer is dispersed, thereby suppressing the peeling of the AR layer. Improves rub resistance.

另外,本發明的防反射積層體具有防反射功能。具體而言,在380nm~780nm下之鏡面反射率係1%以下為較佳。 Further, the antireflection laminate of the present invention has an antireflection function. Specifically, the specular reflectance at 380 nm to 780 nm is preferably 1% or less.

(防反射積層體的剛性) (rigidity of anti-reflection laminate)

從抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印、尤其是鍵盤痕跡的轉印及凹陷的產生之觀點而言,防反射積層體的剛性為8.0N‧mm以上,9.0N‧mm以上為較佳,10N‧mm以上為更佳。上限並沒有特別限制,但70N‧mm以下為較佳,20N‧mm以下為更佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the transfer of the keyboard accompanying the load, particularly the transfer of the keyboard marks and the generation of the depression, the rigidity of the anti-reflection laminate is 8.0 N ‧ mm or more, preferably 9.0 N ‧ or more, 10 N ‧ More than mm is better. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 70 N ‧ or less, and more preferably 20 N ‧ or less.

(積層體的鉛筆硬度) (pencil hardness of the laminated body)

從抑制載荷所伴隨之劃傷的產生之觀點而言,積層體的鉛筆硬度為4H以上,5H以上為較佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of scratches accompanying the load, the pencil hardness of the laminate is 4H or more, and 5H or more is preferable.

(防反射積層體的努氏硬度) (Knoop hardness of anti-reflection laminate)

從耐擦性的觀點而言,防反射積層體的努氏硬度為150~300mN/mm2,160~290mN/mm2為較佳,170~280mN/mm2為更佳。 The anti-reflection laminate has a Knoop hardness of 150 to 300 mN/mm 2 , preferably 160 to 290 mN/mm 2 , and more preferably 170 to 280 mN/mm 2 from the viewpoint of rubbing resistance.

防反射積層體的努氏硬度能夠藉由調整HC層的努氏硬度來進行調整。HC層的努氏硬度例如能夠利用HC層形成用硬化性組成物中的聚合性混合物的種類、調配比等來進行調整,從耐擦性的觀點而言,150~300mN/mm2為較佳,170~280mN/mm2為更佳。 The Knoop hardness of the antireflection laminate can be adjusted by adjusting the Knoop hardness of the HC layer. The Knoop hardness of the HC layer can be adjusted by, for example, the type of the polymerizable mixture in the curable composition for forming an HC layer, the blending ratio, etc., and from the viewpoint of rubbing resistance, 150 to 300 mN/mm 2 is preferable. 170~280mN/mm 2 is better.

(厚度) (thickness)

構成本發明的防反射積層體之樹脂膜及HC層的厚度能夠依本發明適當調整。 The thickness of the resin film and the HC layer constituting the antireflection laminate of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the present invention.

在此,防反射積層體的剛性能夠利用各層的彈性模數及厚度來進行調整,積層體的鉛筆硬度能夠利用HC層的彈性模數及厚度來進行調整。但是,從將防反射積層體的努氏硬度調整在適當的範圍之觀點而言,加厚層的厚度為較佳。 Here, the rigidity of the anti-reflection laminate can be adjusted by the elastic modulus and thickness of each layer, and the pencil hardness of the laminate can be adjusted by the elastic modulus and thickness of the HC layer. However, from the viewpoint of adjusting the Knoop hardness of the antireflection laminate to an appropriate range, the thickness of the thickened layer is preferable.

具體而言,樹脂膜的厚度係80μm以上為較佳,HC層的厚度係10μm以上為較佳。又,從韌性的觀點而言,樹脂膜係250μm以下為較佳,從抑制捲曲的產生及韌性的觀點而言,HC層係40μm以下為較佳。 Specifically, the thickness of the resin film is preferably 80 μm or more, and the thickness of the HC layer is preferably 10 μm or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of the toughness, the resin film is preferably 250 μm or less, and from the viewpoint of suppressing occurrence of curl and toughness, the HC layer is preferably 40 μm or less.

綜上,樹脂膜的厚度係80~250μm為較佳,90~200μm為更佳,100~180μm為進一步較佳。又,HC層的厚度係10~40μm為較佳,15~40μm為更佳,20~35μm為進一步較佳。 In summary, the thickness of the resin film is preferably from 80 to 250 μm, more preferably from 90 to 200 μm, and further preferably from 100 to 180 μm. Further, the thickness of the HC layer is preferably 10 to 40 μm, more preferably 15 to 40 μm, and further preferably 20 to 35 μm.

本發明的防反射積層體的厚度係90μm以上為較佳,100μm以上為更佳,110μm以上為進一步較佳。上限值係300μm以下為實際。 The thickness of the antireflection laminate of the present invention is preferably 90 μm or more, more preferably 100 μm or more, and still more preferably 110 μm or more. The upper limit is 300 μm or less.

(彈性模數) (elastic modulus)

從剛性的觀點而言,HC層的彈性模數高為較佳,從將努氏硬度調整在適當的範圍之觀點而言,3~20GPa為較佳,5~15GPa為進一步較佳。 From the viewpoint of rigidity, the elastic modulus of the HC layer is preferably high, and from the viewpoint of adjusting the Knoop hardness to an appropriate range, 3 to 20 GPa is preferable, and 5 to 15 GPa is further preferable.

從韌性的觀點而言,樹脂膜的彈性模數係3~15GPa為較佳,3~10GPa為進一步較佳。 From the viewpoint of toughness, the elastic modulus of the resin film is preferably from 3 to 15 GPa, and further preferably from 3 to 10 GPa.

在本發明的防反射積層體中,樹脂膜、HC層及AR層等可以為單層,亦可以為多層。 In the antireflection laminate of the present invention, the resin film, the HC layer, the AR layer, and the like may be a single layer or a plurality of layers.

又,在本發明的防反射積層體中,樹脂膜可以為各向同性,亦可以為各向異性。 Further, in the antireflection laminate of the present invention, the resin film may be isotropic or anisotropic.

以下,對構成本發明的防反射積層體之薄膜及層的成分及製備進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the components and preparation of the film and layer constituting the antireflection laminate of the present invention will be described in detail.

(1)樹脂膜 (1) Resin film

(樹脂膜的材質) (Material of resin film)

本發明中所使用之樹脂膜的材質並沒有特別限定。 The material of the resin film used in the present invention is not particularly limited.

樹脂膜例如能夠舉出丙烯酸系樹脂膜、聚碳酸酯(PC)系樹脂膜、三乙醯纖維素(TAC)系樹脂膜等纖維素酯系樹脂膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)系樹脂膜、聚烯烴系樹脂膜、聚酯系樹脂膜及丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物薄膜,選自丙烯酸系樹脂膜、纖維素酯系樹脂膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯系樹脂膜及聚碳酸酯系樹脂膜中之薄膜為較佳,從透濕性的觀點而言,纖維素酯系樹脂膜為更佳。 Examples of the resin film include a cellulose resin film such as an acrylic resin film, a polycarbonate (PC) resin film, and a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) resin film, and polyethylene terephthalate (PET). a resin film, a polyolefin resin film, a polyester resin film, and an acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer film selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin film, a cellulose ester resin film, and polyethylene terephthalate The film of the diester resin film and the polycarbonate resin film is preferable, and the cellulose ester resin film is more preferable from the viewpoint of moisture permeability.

另外,丙烯酸系樹脂膜係指由選自包括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之組群中之1種以上的化合物所形成之聚合物或共聚物的樹脂膜。作為丙烯酸系樹脂膜的例子,可以舉出聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯樹脂(PMMA)膜。 In addition, the acrylic resin film refers to a resin film of a polymer or copolymer selected from one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of acrylates and methacrylates. An example of the acrylic resin film is a polymethyl methacrylate resin (PMMA) film.

樹脂的重量平均分子量係10,000~1000,000為較佳,100,000~1000,000為更佳。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably from 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1000,000.

(樹脂膜的構成) (Composition of resin film)

又,樹脂膜的構成亦沒有限定,可以為單層,亦可以為包括2層以上之積層膜,但2層以上的積層膜為較佳。積層膜的積層數係2~10層為較佳,2~5層為更佳,2層或3層為進一步較佳。在3層以上的情況下,外 層和外層以外的層(芯層等)係不同組成的薄膜為較佳。又,外層彼此係相同組成的薄膜為較佳。 Further, the configuration of the resin film is not limited, and may be a single layer or a laminated film including two or more layers, but a laminated film of two or more layers is preferable. The number of laminated layers of the laminated film is preferably 2 to 10 layers, more preferably 2 to 5 layers, and further preferably 2 or 3 layers. In the case of three or more layers, a layer other than the outer layer and the outer layer (core layer or the like) is preferably a film having a different composition. Further, a film having the same outer layer and the same composition is preferable.

具體而言,可以舉出具有TAC-a/TAC-b/TAC-a、丙烯酸-a/PC/丙烯酸-a及PET-a/PET-b/PET-a的積層結構之薄膜及聚碳酸酯系樹脂單層的薄膜。在此,標註相同符號(a或b)之薄膜(例如,Tac-a)表示相同組成的薄膜。 Specifically, a film and a polycarbonate having a laminate structure of TAC-a/TAC-b/TAC-a, acrylic-a/PC/acrylic-a, and PET-a/PET-b/PET-a may be mentioned. A film of a single layer of resin. Here, a film (for example, Tac-a) denoted by the same symbol (a or b) means a film of the same composition.

(添加劑) (additive)

樹脂膜除了上述樹脂以外,還可以含有添加劑。作為添加劑,可以舉出後述的硬塗層中所記載之無機粒子、消光粒子、紫外線吸收劑、含氟化合物、表面調節劑、調平劑等。 The resin film may contain an additive in addition to the above resin. Examples of the additive include inorganic particles, matting particles, an ultraviolet absorber, a fluorine-containing compound, a surface conditioner, and a leveling agent described in the hard coat layer to be described later.

在後述的熔融製膜法中,能夠將上述添加劑和樹脂混合熔融而得到之樹脂熔融物用於樹脂膜的形成。又,在後述的溶液製膜法中,能夠將溶劑(能夠適用後述的硬塗層中之記載。)、樹脂及上述添加劑混合而得到之濃漿液用於樹脂膜的形成。 In the melt film forming method to be described later, the resin melt obtained by mixing and melting the above additive and resin can be used for the formation of a resin film. In the solution film forming method to be described later, a thick slurry obtained by mixing a solvent (which can be described in the hard coat layer described later), a resin, and the above-mentioned additives can be used for the formation of the resin film.

(樹脂膜單體的厚度) (thickness of resin film monomer)

在本發明的防反射積層體的製作前後,樹脂膜的厚度幾乎沒有變化。 The thickness of the resin film hardly changes before and after the production of the antireflection laminate of the present invention.

(易黏接層) (easy adhesion layer)

又,本發明中所使用之樹脂膜可以在與具有HC層之面相反一側的面具有易黏接層。 Further, the resin film used in the present invention may have an easy-adhesion layer on the surface opposite to the surface having the HC layer.

關於易黏接層,能夠將日本特開2015-224267號公報的0098~0133段中所記載之偏振鏡側易黏接層及偏振鏡側易黏接層的製造方法的內容依本發明引入本說明書中。 The content of the method for producing the polarizer-side easy-adhesion layer and the polarizer-side easy-adhesion layer described in paragraphs 0098 to 0133 of JP-A-2015-224267 can be incorporated into the present invention. In the manual.

在該情況下,易黏接層設為構成本發明的防反射積層體中之樹脂膜之 層。 In this case, the easy-adhesion layer is a layer constituting the resin film in the anti-reflection laminate of the present invention.

(樹脂膜的製膜方法) (Method of film formation of resin film)

樹脂膜可以利用任意一種方法進行製膜,例如可以舉出熔融製膜法及溶液製膜法。 The resin film can be formed by any method, and examples thereof include a melt film forming method and a solution film forming method.

<熔融製膜法、平滑化> <Fused film forming method, smoothing>

當利用熔融製膜法進行樹脂膜的製膜時,包括用擠出機熔融樹脂之熔融製程、將熔融之樹脂從模具擠出成片狀之製程及成形為薄膜狀之製程為較佳。根據樹脂的材質,可以在熔融製程之後設置熔融樹脂的過濾製程,且可以在擠出成片狀時進行冷卻。 When the film formation of the resin film is carried out by the melt film formation method, it is preferable to include a melting process of melting the resin by an extruder, a process of extruding the molten resin from a die into a sheet form, and a process of forming into a film shape. Depending on the material of the resin, a filtration process of the molten resin can be provided after the melting process, and cooling can be performed when extruded into a sheet form.

以下,對具體的溶膜製膜法進行說明,但本發明並不限定於此。 Hereinafter, a specific solution film forming method will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[樹脂膜的形成方法] [Method of Forming Resin Film]

上述樹脂膜的製造方法具有:用擠出機熔融樹脂之熔融製程;使熔融之樹脂通過設置有過濾器之過濾裝置來進行過濾之過濾製程;將過濾之樹脂從模具擠出成片狀,藉由使其密接於冷卻滾筒上而進行冷卻固化,從而形成未拉伸的樹脂膜之薄膜成形製程;及對未拉伸的樹脂膜進行單軸或雙軸拉伸之拉伸製程。 The method for producing a resin film includes: a melting process of melting a resin by an extruder; a filtration process of filtering the molten resin through a filter device provided with a filter; and extruding the filtered resin from a die into a sheet, borrowing A film forming process for forming an unstretched resin film by cooling and solidifying it on a cooling drum, and a stretching process of uniaxially or biaxially stretching the unstretched resin film.

藉由該種構成,能夠製造樹脂膜。若在熔融之樹脂的過濾製程中所使用之過濾器的孔徑為1μm以下,則能夠充分去除異物。其結果,能夠控制所得到之樹脂膜的薄膜寬度方向的表面粗糙度。 According to this configuration, a resin film can be produced. When the pore diameter of the filter used in the filtration process of the molten resin is 1 μm or less, foreign matter can be sufficiently removed. As a result, the surface roughness of the obtained resin film in the film width direction can be controlled.

具體而言,樹脂膜的形成方法包括下述製程。 Specifically, the method of forming the resin film includes the following process.

<熔融製程> <Melting process>

上述樹脂膜的製造方法包括用擠出機熔融樹脂之熔融製程。 The method for producing the above resin film includes a melting process of melting a resin with an extruder.

在將樹脂或樹脂與添加劑的混合物乾燥至含水率200ppm以下之後,導入到單軸(monoaxial)或雙軸的擠出機中使其熔融為較佳。此時,為了抑制樹脂的分解,在氮氣中或真空中進行熔融亦為較佳。詳細條件能夠援用日本專利4962661號的<0051>~<0052>(US2013/0100378號公報的<0085>~<0086>)並按照該等公報來實施,該等公報中所記載之內容被引入本說明書中。 After the resin or the mixture of the resin and the additive is dried to a water content of 200 ppm or less, it is preferably introduced into a monoaxial or biaxial extruder to be melted. At this time, in order to suppress decomposition of the resin, it is preferred to carry out the melting in nitrogen or in a vacuum. The detailed conditions can be referred to in Japanese Patent No. 4,962,266, <0051> to <0052> (<0085> to <0086> of US2013/0100378), and the contents described in the publications are incorporated herein. In the manual.

擠出機係單軸混煉擠出機為較佳。 The extruder is preferably a uniaxial kneading extruder.

另外,為了提高熔融樹脂(熔體)的送出精度,使用齒輪泵亦為較佳。 Further, in order to improve the delivery accuracy of the molten resin (melt), it is also preferable to use a gear pump.

<過濾製程> <Filter Process>

上述樹脂膜的製造方法包括使熔融之樹脂通過設置有過濾器之過濾裝置來進行過濾之過濾製程,在過濾製程中所使用之過濾器的孔徑係1μm以下為較佳。 The method for producing a resin film includes a filtration process in which a molten resin is filtered by a filter device provided with a filter, and a filter having a pore size of 1 μm or less is preferably used.

具有該種孔徑範圍的過濾器之過濾裝置在過濾製程中可以僅設置1組,亦可以設置2組以上。 The filter device having the filter of such a pore size range may be provided in only one set or two or more sets in the filtration process.

<薄膜成形製程> <Film forming process>

上述樹脂膜的製造方法包括薄膜成形製程,在該薄膜成形製程中,將過濾之樹脂從模具擠出成片狀,藉由使其密接於冷卻滾筒上而進行冷卻固化,從而形成未拉伸的樹脂膜。 The method for producing a resin film includes a film forming process in which a filtered resin is extruded from a die into a sheet shape, and is cooled and solidified by being adhered to a cooling drum to form an unstretched film. Resin film.

進行熔融(及混煉)並將過濾之樹脂(包含樹脂之熔體)從模具擠出成片狀時,可以以單層擠出,亦可以以多層擠出。當以多層擠出時,例如可以積層包含紫外線吸收劑之層和不包含紫外線吸收劑之層,更佳地,將紫外線吸收劑作為內層之3層構成能夠抑制由紫外線引起之偏振鏡 的劣化之基礎上,抑制紫外線吸收劑的滲出,因此為較佳。 When melting (and kneading) is carried out and the filtered resin (melt containing the resin) is extruded into a sheet form from a mold, it may be extruded in a single layer or in a plurality of layers. When extruded in a plurality of layers, for example, a layer containing an ultraviolet absorber and a layer containing no ultraviolet absorber may be laminated, and more preferably, the ultraviolet absorber may be used as a three-layer structure of the inner layer to suppress deterioration of the polarizer caused by ultraviolet rays. On the basis of this, it is preferable to suppress the bleeding of the ultraviolet absorber.

當以多層擠出而製造樹脂膜時,所得到之樹脂膜的較佳內層的厚度相對於所有層的厚度係50%以上且99%以下為較佳,更佳為60%以上且98%以下,進一步較佳為70%以上且97%以下。該種積層能夠藉由使用進料塊模頭(feed block die)或多歧管模頭(multi-manifold die)來實施。 When the resin film is produced by multilayer extrusion, the thickness of the preferred inner layer of the obtained resin film is preferably 50% or more and 99% or less with respect to the thickness of all the layers, more preferably 60% or more and 98%. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 70% or more and 97% or less. Such a laminate can be implemented by using a feed block die or a multi-manifold die.

按照日本特開2009-269301號公報的<0059>,將從模具擠出成片狀之樹脂(包含樹脂之熔體)擠出於冷卻滾筒(流延滾筒)上,並進行冷卻固化而得到未拉伸的樹脂膜(卷狀膜)為較佳。 According to <0059> of JP-A-2009-269301, a resin (a melt containing a resin) extruded from a die is extruded on a cooling drum (casting drum), and cooled and solidified to obtain an A stretched resin film (rolled film) is preferred.

上述樹脂膜的製造方法中,從模具擠出之樹脂的溫度係280℃以上且320℃以下為較佳,285℃以上且310℃以下為更佳。在熔融製程中從模具擠出之樹脂的溫度為280℃以上時,能夠減少原料樹脂的熔融殘餘來抑制異物的產生,因此為較佳。在熔融製程中從模具擠出之樹脂的溫度為320℃以下時,能夠減少樹脂的分解來抑制異物的產生,因此為較佳。 In the method for producing a resin film, the temperature of the resin extruded from the mold is preferably 280 ° C or more and 320 ° C or less, and more preferably 285 ° C or more and 310 ° C or less. When the temperature of the resin extruded from the die in the melting process is 280 ° C or more, it is preferable to reduce the melt residue of the raw material resin and suppress the generation of foreign matter. When the temperature of the resin extruded from the die in the melting process is 320 ° C or less, the decomposition of the resin can be reduced to suppress the generation of foreign matter, which is preferable.

關於從模具擠出之樹脂的溫度,能夠利用輻射溫度計(Hayashi Denko co.,ltd.製造,型號:RT61-2,在輻射率0.95下使用)以非接觸方式對樹脂的表面進行測定。 Regarding the temperature of the resin extruded from the mold, the surface of the resin can be measured in a non-contact manner using a radiation thermometer (manufactured by Hayashi Denko Co., Ltd., model: RT61-2, used at an emissivity of 0.95).

上述樹脂膜的製造方法中,在薄膜成形製程中使樹脂密接於冷卻滾筒上時使用靜電施加電極為較佳。藉此,能夠使樹脂強力密接於冷卻滾筒上,以免薄膜面狀變粗糙。 In the method for producing a resin film, it is preferred to use an electrostatic application electrode when the resin is adhered to the cooling drum in the film forming process. Thereby, the resin can be strongly adhered to the cooling drum to prevent the film from being roughened.

上述樹脂膜的製造方法中,密接於冷卻滾筒上時(從模具擠出之熔融樹脂與冷卻滾筒最初接觸之點)之樹脂的溫度係280℃以上為較佳。藉此,樹脂的導電性提高,能夠藉由靜電施加而強力密接於冷卻滾筒,能夠 抑制薄膜面狀的粗糙。 In the method for producing a resin film, the temperature of the resin when the resin is adhered to the cooling drum (the point at which the molten resin extruded from the mold first comes into contact with the cooling drum) is preferably 280 ° C or higher. Thereby, the conductivity of the resin is improved, and it is possible to strongly adhere to the cooling drum by electrostatic application, and it is possible to suppress surface roughness of the film.

關於密接於冷卻滾筒上時之樹脂的溫度,能夠利用輻射溫度計(Hayas hi Denko co.,ltd.製造,型號:RT61-2,在輻射率0.95下使用)以非接觸方式對樹脂的表面進行測定。 Regarding the temperature of the resin when it is intimately attached to the cooling drum, the surface of the resin can be measured in a non-contact manner by using a radiation thermometer (manufactured by Hayas Hi Denko Co., Ltd., model: RT61-2, at an emissivity of 0.95). .

<拉伸製程> <Stretching Process>

上述樹脂膜的製造方法包括對未拉伸的樹脂膜進行單軸或雙軸拉伸之拉伸製程。 The method for producing the above resin film includes a stretching process of uniaxially or biaxially stretching the unstretched resin film.

在縱向拉伸製程(沿與薄膜的輸送方向相同之方向拉伸之製程)中,對樹脂膜進行預熱之後,以樹脂膜被加熱之狀態,利用具有圓周速度差(亦即,輸送速度不同)之輥組沿輸送方向進行拉伸。 In the longitudinal stretching process (the process of stretching in the same direction as the film conveying direction), after the resin film is preheated, the resin film is heated, and the peripheral speed difference is used (that is, the conveying speed is different) The roller set is stretched in the conveying direction.

縱向拉伸製程中之預熱溫度相對於樹脂膜的玻璃化轉變溫度(Tg),係Tg-40℃以上且Tg+60℃以下為較佳,Tg-20℃以上且Tg+40℃以下為更佳,Tg以上且Tg+30℃以下為進一步較佳。又,縱向拉伸製程中之拉伸溫度係Tg以上且Tg+60℃以下為較佳,Tg+2℃以上且Tg+40℃以下為更佳,Tg+5℃以上且Tg+30℃以下為進一步較佳。縱向的拉伸倍率係1.0倍以上且2.5倍以下為較佳,1.1倍以上且2倍以下為進一步較佳。 The preheating temperature in the longitudinal stretching process is preferably Tg-40 ° C or more and Tg + 60 ° C or less with respect to the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin film, and Tg-20 ° C or more and Tg + 40 ° C or less. More preferably, Tg or more and Tg + 30 ° C or less are further preferable. Further, the stretching temperature in the longitudinal stretching process is preferably Tg or more and Tg + 60 ° C or less, more preferably Tg + 2 ° C or more and Tg + 40 ° C or less, and Tg + 5 ° C or more and Tg + 30 ° C or less. It is further preferred. The stretching ratio in the longitudinal direction is preferably 1.0 times or more and 2.5 times or less, and more preferably 1.1 times or more and 2 times or less.

藉由縱向拉伸製程和橫向拉伸製程(沿相對於薄膜的輸送方向垂直的方向拉伸之製程)或者藉由橫向拉伸製程來代替縱向拉伸製程,沿寬度方向進行橫向拉伸。在橫向拉伸製程中,例如能夠適宜使用拉幅機,藉由該拉幅機,將樹脂膜的寬度方向的兩端部用夾具(clip)把持,並沿橫向進行拉伸。 The transverse stretching process is performed in the width direction by a longitudinal stretching process and a transverse stretching process (a process of stretching in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the film) or by a transverse stretching process instead of the longitudinal stretching process. In the transverse stretching process, for example, a tenter can be suitably used, and both ends of the resin film in the width direction are gripped by a clip and stretched in the lateral direction.

橫向拉伸係使用拉幅機來實施為較佳,較佳的拉伸溫度相對於樹 脂膜的玻璃化轉變溫度(Tg),係Tg以上且Tg+60℃以下為較佳,更佳為Tg+2℃以上且Tg+40℃以下,進一步較佳為Tg+4℃以上且Tg+30℃以下。拉伸倍率係1.0倍以上且5.0倍以下為較佳,1.1倍以上且4.0倍以下為進一步較佳。在橫向拉伸之後,沿縱向、橫向中的任一方向或兩個方向進行鬆弛亦為較佳。 The transverse stretching is preferably carried out using a tenter. The preferred stretching temperature is relative to the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin film, preferably Tg or more and Tg + 60 ° C or less, more preferably Tg. +2 ° C or more and Tg + 40 ° C or less, more preferably Tg + 4 ° C or more and Tg + 30 ° C or less. The stretching ratio is preferably 1.0 times or more and 5.0 times or less, and more preferably 1.1 times or more and 4.0 times or less. It is also preferred to perform relaxation in either or both of the longitudinal direction and the transverse direction after the transverse stretching.

又,將厚度在寬度方向、長度方向部位之變動均設為10%以下、較佳為8%以下、更佳為6%以下、進一步較佳為4%以下、最佳為2%以下為較佳。 Further, the variation in the thickness in the width direction and the longitudinal direction is 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 6% or less, further preferably 4% or less, and most preferably 2% or less. good.

另外,在此,厚度的變動能夠如下求出。 Here, the variation in thickness can be obtained as follows.

將經拉伸之樹脂膜採樣10m(米),並將薄膜寬度方向的兩端部各去除20%,從薄膜中心部沿寬度方向、長度方向以等間隔分別採樣50點,並測定厚度。 The stretched resin film was sampled by 10 m (meter), and both end portions in the film width direction were removed by 20%, and 50 points were sampled at equal intervals in the width direction and the longitudinal direction from the film center portion, and the thickness was measured.

求出寬度方向的厚度平均值ThTD-av、最大值ThTD-max、最小值ThTD-min,(ThTD-max-ThTD-min)÷ThTD-av×100[%] Find the thickness average value Th TD-av , the maximum value Th TD-max , the minimum value Th TD-min , (Th TD-max -Th TD-min ) ÷Th TD-av ×100[%] in the width direction

係寬度方向的厚度的變動。 The variation in thickness in the width direction.

又,求出長度方向的厚度平均值ThMD-av、最大值ThMD-max、最小值ThMD-min,(ThMD-max-ThMD-min)÷ThMD-av×100[%] Further, the thickness average value Th MD-av , the maximum value Th MD-max , the minimum value Th MD-min , (Th MD-max -Th MD-min ) ÷Th MD-av ×100 [%] in the longitudinal direction are obtained.

係長度方向的厚度的變動。 The change in thickness in the longitudinal direction.

藉由上述拉伸製程,能夠實現樹脂膜的厚度精度的提高。 The thickness precision of the resin film can be improved by the above stretching process.

拉伸後的樹脂膜在捲取製程中能夠捲取成卷狀。此時,樹脂膜的 捲取張力設為0.02kg/mm2以下為較佳。 The stretched resin film can be wound into a roll shape during the winding process. At this time, it is preferable that the winding tension of the resin film is 0.02 kg/mm 2 or less.

就其他詳細的條件而言,關於熔融製膜,將日本特開2015-224267的<0134>-<0148>中所記載之內容依本發明引入本說明書中,關於拉伸製程,將日本特開2007-137028中所記載之內容依本發明引入本說明書中。 In the case of the melt-forming film, the content described in <0134>-<0148> of JP-A-2015-224267 is incorporated into the present specification by the present invention, and the Japanese patent is opened for the drawing process. The contents described in 2007-137028 are incorporated herein by reference.

<溶液製膜法、平滑化> <solution film forming method, smoothing>

當利用溶液製膜法進行樹脂膜的製膜時,包括使濃漿液在流延帶上流延而形成流延膜之製程、乾燥流延膜之製程及拉伸流延膜之製程為較佳。具體而言,藉由日本專利第4889335號中所記載之方法進行製膜為較佳。 When the resin film is formed by the solution film forming method, it is preferable to include a process of casting a thick slurry on a casting tape to form a cast film, a process of drying a cast film, and a process of stretching a cast film. Specifically, it is preferred to form a film by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4889335.

在本發明中,採用以下方法為較佳。 In the present invention, the following method is preferred.

例如,可以舉出日本特開平11-123732號公報中所記載之如下方法:將流延膜的乾燥速度以乾量基準的含有溶劑量計設為300質量%/min(=5質量%/s)以下而進行緩慢乾燥。又,可以舉出日本特開2003-276037號公報中所記載之如下方法:在作為中間層之芯層的兩表面具有表層(外層)之多層結構的流延膜的共流延法中,提高形成芯層之濃漿液的黏度來確保流延膜的強度,並且降低形成外層之濃漿的黏度。另外,還可以較佳地舉出快速乾燥流延膜而在流延膜表面形成膜並利用所形成之膜的調平效果使面狀平滑化之方法及拉伸流延膜之方法等。 For example, the method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H11-123732, the drying rate of the cast film is 300% by mass/min based on the dry amount of the solvent (= 5 mass%/s) ) Slowly dry below. Further, a method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-276037 is proposed in which a co-casting method of a cast film having a multilayer structure having a surface layer (outer layer) on both surfaces of a core layer of an intermediate layer is improved. The viscosity of the thick slurry of the core layer is formed to ensure the strength of the cast film and to lower the viscosity of the thick paste forming the outer layer. Further, a method of rapidly drying the cast film, forming a film on the surface of the cast film, smoothing the surface by the leveling effect of the formed film, and a method of stretching the cast film may be preferably used.

(2)硬塗層(HC層) (2) Hard coating (HC layer)

本發明的防反射積層體在樹脂膜的單面具有硬塗層(HC層)。適當選擇該HC層的形成中所使用之硬化性組成物的種類等或者調整HC層的彈性模數及厚度,以使積層體的鉛筆硬度及努氏硬度成為既定的值。 The antireflection laminate of the present invention has a hard coat layer (HC layer) on one side of the resin film. The type and the like of the curable composition used for the formation of the HC layer are appropriately selected or the elastic modulus and thickness of the HC layer are adjusted so that the pencil hardness and the Knoop hardness of the laminate are set to predetermined values.

本發明中所使用之HC層能夠藉由向HC層形成用硬化性組成物照射活性能量射線來使其硬化而得到。另外,在本發明及本說明書中,“活性能量射線”係指電離輻射線,包含X射線、紫外線、可見光、紅外線、電子束、α射線、β射線、γ射線等。 The HC layer used in the present invention can be obtained by curing an active energy ray by irradiating a curable composition for forming a HC layer. In addition, in the present invention and the present specification, "active energy ray" means ionizing radiation, and includes X-rays, ultraviolet rays, visible light, infrared rays, electron beams, alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, and the like.

HC層的形成中所使用之HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含具有藉由活性能量射線的照射而硬化之性質之至少一種成分(以下,亦記載為“活性能量射線硬化性成分”。)。作為活性能量射線硬化性成分,選自包括自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物之組群中之至少一種聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本發明及本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係在1個分子中包含1個以上的聚合性基之化合物。聚合性基係能夠參與聚合反應之基團,作為具體例,能夠例示出後述的各種聚合性化合物中所包含之基團。又,作為聚合反應,能夠舉出自由基聚合、陽離子聚合、陰離子聚合等各種聚合反應。 The curable composition for forming an HC layer used for the formation of the HC layer contains at least one component (hereinafter also referred to as "active energy ray-curable component") having a property of being cured by irradiation with an active energy ray. The active energy ray-curable component is preferably at least one polymerizable compound selected from the group consisting of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound. In the present invention and the present specification, the "polymerizable compound" is a compound containing one or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. The polymerizable group is a group which can participate in the polymerization reaction, and as a specific example, a group included in various polymerizable compounds to be described later can be exemplified. Further, examples of the polymerization reaction include various polymerization reactions such as radical polymerization, cationic polymerization, and anionic polymerization.

本發明中所使用之HC層可以為1層結構,亦可以為2層以上的積層結構,但下述記載詳細內容之包括1層結構或2層以上的積層結構之HC層為較佳。 The HC layer used in the present invention may have a single layer structure or a laminated structure of two or more layers. However, the HC layer including a one-layer structure or a two-layer or more laminated structure as described in detail below is preferable.

1)1層結構 1) 1-layer structure

關於1層結構的HC層形成用硬化性組成物的較佳的態樣,作為第一態樣,能夠舉出包含至少一種在1個分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物之HC層形成用硬化性組成物。乙烯性不飽和基係指含有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之官能基。又,作為第二態樣,能夠舉出包含至少一種自由基聚合性化合物和至少一種陽離子聚合性化合物之HC層形成用硬化性 組成物。 In a preferred aspect of the curable composition for forming a HC layer having a one-layer structure, the first aspect includes at least one polymerizable group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. A curable composition for forming a HC layer of a compound. The ethylenically unsaturated group means a functional group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Further, the second aspect of the invention is a curable composition for forming an HC layer comprising at least one radical polymerizable compound and at least one cationically polymerizable compound.

以下,對第一態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物進行說明。 Hereinafter, the curable composition for forming a HC layer of the first aspect will be described.

作為第一態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之在1個分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物,可以舉出多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯〔例如,乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己烷二丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,2,3-環己烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、聚胺酯聚丙烯酸酯、聚酯聚丙烯酸酯〕、上述酯的環氧乙烷改質體、聚環氧乙烷改質體或己內酯改質體、乙烯苯(vinyl benzen)及其衍生物〔例,1,4-二乙烯基苯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸-2-丙烯醯乙酯、1,4-二乙烯基環己酮〕、乙烯碸(例,二乙烯基碸)、丙烯醯胺(例,亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺)及甲基丙烯醯胺。 The polymerizable compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule contained in the curable composition for forming a layer for forming a HC layer according to the first aspect may, for example, be a polyol or a (meth)acrylic acid. Ester (for example, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, butanediol di(meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediacrylate, neopentyl Tetraol tetra (meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethane tri (meth) acrylate, two Pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,2,3-cyclohexane tetramethacrylate, polyurethane polyacrylate, polyester polyacrylate], ethylene oxide modified body of the above ester, polyethylene oxide modified body or caprolactone Modified body, vinyl benzen and its derivatives [Example, 1,4-divinylbenzene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid-2-propenylethyl ester, 1,4-divinylcyclohexanone 〕, vinyl hydrazine (example) Divinyl sulfone), acrylamide (for example, methylene bis acrylamide) and methyl acrylamide.

具有乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物的聚合能夠在自由基光聚合起始劑的存在下藉由活性能量射線的照射來進行。作為自由基光聚合起始劑,可以較佳地適用後述之自由基光聚合起始劑。又,關於HC層形成用硬化性組成物中自由基光聚合起始劑相對於具有乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物之含量比,可以較佳地適用後述之自由基光聚合起始劑相對於自由基聚合性化合物之含量比的記載。 The polymerization of the polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be carried out by irradiation with an active energy ray in the presence of a radical photopolymerization initiator. As the radical photopolymerization initiator, a radical photopolymerization initiator described later can be preferably used. In addition, the content ratio of the radical photopolymerization initiator to the polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC can be preferably applied to the radical photopolymerization initiator described later. The content ratio of the radically polymerizable compound is described.

接著,對第二態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物進行說明。 Next, a curable composition for forming a second layer of HC layer will be described.

第二態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含至少一種自由基聚合性化 合物和至少一種陽離子聚合性化合物。作為較佳的態樣,能夠舉出如下HC層形成用硬化性組成物,其包含:在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物;及陽離子聚合性化合物。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer of the second aspect contains at least one radical polymerizable compound and at least one cationically polymerizable compound. As a preferred aspect, the curable composition for forming an HC layer comprising: two or more members selected from the group consisting of a propylene group and a methacryl group in one molecule a radical polymerizable compound of a base polymerizable group; and a cationically polymerizable compound.

上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含自由基光聚合起始劑和陽離子光聚合起始劑為更佳。作為第二態樣的較佳的一態樣,能夠舉出如下HC層形成用硬化性組成物,其包含:在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物;陽離子聚合性化合物;自由基光聚合起始劑;及陽離子光聚合起始劑。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer described above preferably contains a radical photopolymerization initiator and a cationic photopolymerization initiator. A preferred embodiment of the second aspect is a curable composition for forming an HC layer, comprising: two or more selected from the group consisting of an acrylonitrile group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule. a radically polymerizable compound of a radical polymerizable group in the group; a cationically polymerizable compound; a radical photopolymerization initiator; and a cationic photopolymerization initiator.

以下,將本態樣記載為第二態樣(1)。 Hereinafter, this aspect will be described as the second aspect (1).

在第二態樣(1)中,上述自由基聚合性化合物在1個分子中包含2個以上的自由基聚合性基,並且在1個分子中包含1個以上的胺基甲酸酯鍵為較佳。 In the second aspect (1), the radical polymerizable compound contains two or more radical polymerizable groups in one molecule, and one or more urethane bonds are contained in one molecule. Preferably.

在第二態樣的其他較佳的一態樣中,能夠舉出如下HC層形成用硬化性組成物,其包含:a)包含脂環式環氧基及乙烯性不飽和基,1個分子中所包含之脂環式環氧基的數量為1個,且1個分子中所包含之乙烯性不飽和基的數量為1個,分子量為300以下之陽離子聚合性化合物; b)在1個分子中包含3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之自由基聚合性化合物;c)自由基聚合起始劑;及d)陽離子聚合起始劑。 In another preferred aspect of the second aspect, the curable composition for forming an HC layer comprising: a) an alicyclic epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and one molecule The number of the alicyclic epoxy groups contained in the one is one, and the number of the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule is one, and the cationically polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less; b) in one a radically polymerizable compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule; c) a radical polymerization initiator; and d) a cationic polymerization initiator.

以下,將本態樣記載為第二態樣(2)。將第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層較佳為在將HC層的總固體成分設為100質量%時,能夠包含源自上述a)之結構15~70質量%、源自上述b)之結構25~80質量%、上述c)0.1~10質量%、上述d)0.1~10質量%。又,在一態樣中,第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物在將該HC層形成用硬化性組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%時,包含上述a)15~70質量%為較佳。另外,“脂環式環氧基”係指具有環氧環和飽和烴環縮合之環狀結構之1價的官能基。 Hereinafter, this aspect will be described as the second aspect (2). The HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming the HC layer of the second aspect (2) preferably has a structure derived from the above a) when the total solid content of the HC layer is 100% by mass. 15 to 70% by mass, 25 to 80% by mass of the structure derived from the above b), 0.1 to 10% by mass of the above c), and 0.1 to 10% by mass of the above d). In addition, in the first aspect, the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (2) includes the above a) when the total solid content of the curable composition for forming a HC layer is 100% by mass. 15 to 70% by mass is preferred. Further, the "alicyclic epoxy group" means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.

以下,對第二態樣、較佳為第二態樣(1)或第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物中能夠包含之各種成分進行進一步詳細的說明。 Hereinafter, various components which can be contained in the curable composition for forming a HC layer of the second aspect, preferably the second aspect (1) or the second aspect (2) will be described in further detail.

-自由基聚合性化合物- - Radical polymerizable compound -

第二態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含至少一種自由基聚合性化合物和至少一種陽離子聚合性化合物。第二態樣(1)中之自由基聚合性化合物在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基。上述自由基聚合性化合物在1個分子中能夠包含較佳為例如2~10個選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基,能夠包含更佳為2~6個。 The curable composition for forming a second layer of HC layer contains at least one radically polymerizable compound and at least one cationically polymerizable compound. The radically polymerizable compound in the second aspect (1) contains, in one molecule, two or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. The radically polymerizable compound may include, in one molecule, preferably, for example, 2 to 10 radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of a acrylonitrile group and a methacryl fluorenyl group, and more preferably 2 ~6.

作為上述自由基聚合性化合物,分子量為200以上且小於1000 的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本發明及本說明書中,“分子量”係指對於多聚體,藉由凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography;GPC)以聚苯乙烯換算測定之重量平均分子量。作為重量平均分子量的具體測定條件的一例,能夠舉出以下測定條件。 As the radically polymerizable compound, a radically polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 200 or more and less than 1,000 is preferred. Further, in the present invention and the present specification, "molecular weight" means a weight average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene for a polymer. Examples of specific measurement conditions of the weight average molecular weight include the following measurement conditions.

GPC裝置:HLC-8120(TOSOH CORPORATION製造) GPC device: HLC-8120 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION)

管柱:TSK gel Multipore HXL-M(TOSOH CORPORATION製造,內徑7.8mm×管柱長度30.0cm) Column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, inner diameter 7.8mm × column length 30.0cm)

洗提液:四氫呋喃 Eluent: tetrahydrofuran

如上所述,上述自由基聚合性化合物在1個分子中包含1個以上的胺基甲酸酯鍵為較佳。上述自由基聚合性化合物的1個分子中所包含之胺基甲酸酯鍵的數量較佳為1個以上,更佳為2個以上,更佳為2~5個,例如可以為2個。另外,在1個分子中包含2個胺基甲酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物中,選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基可以直接或經由連結基僅鍵結於一個胺基甲酸酯鍵,亦可以分別直接或經由連結基鍵結於2個胺基甲酸酯鍵。在一態樣中,經由連結基鍵結之2個胺基甲酸酯鍵上分別鍵結有1個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基為較佳。 As described above, the radical polymerizable compound preferably contains one or more urethane bonds in one molecule. The number of the urethane bonds contained in one molecule of the radical polymerizable compound is preferably one or more, more preferably two or more, still more preferably two to five, and for example, two. Further, among the radically polymerizable compounds containing two urethane bonds in one molecule, the radical polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group may be directly or via The linker is only bonded to a urethane bond, and may also be bonded to the two urethane bonds, either directly or via a linker. In one aspect, one or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group are bonded to each of two urethane bonds bonded via a linking group. It is better.

更詳細而言,在上述自由基聚合性化合物中,胺基甲酸酯鍵與選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以在胺基甲酸酯鍵與選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之間存在連結基。作為連結基並沒有特別限定,能夠舉出直鏈或分支的飽和或不飽和的烴基、環狀基及包含該等的2個以上的組 合之基團等。上述烴基的碳數例如為2~20左右,但並沒有特別限定。又,關於環狀基中所包含之環狀結構,作為一例可以舉出脂肪族環(環己烷環等)、芳香族環(苯環、萘環等)等。上述基團可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。另外,在本發明及本說明書中,只要沒有特別記載,所記載之基團可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。當某一基團具有取代基時,作為取代基,能夠舉出烷基(例如碳數1~6的烷基)、羥基、烷氧基(例如碳數1~6的烷氧基)、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子)、氰基、胺基、硝基、醯基、羧基等。 More specifically, in the above radical polymerizable compound, the urethane bond may be directly bonded to a radical polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group, or may be directly bonded. A linking group is present between the urethane bond and a radical polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. The linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a linear or branched saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a cyclic group, and a group containing two or more of these. The carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is, for example, about 2 to 20, but is not particularly limited. In addition, examples of the cyclic structure contained in the cyclic group include an aliphatic ring (such as a cyclohexane ring) and an aromatic ring (such as a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring). The above group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Further, in the present invention and the present specification, the groups described may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted, unless otherwise specified. When a certain group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and a halogen. An atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom), a cyano group, an amine group, a nitro group, a fluorenyl group, a carboxyl group or the like.

以上說明之自由基聚合性化合物能夠利用公知的方法進行合成。又,亦能夠作為市售品而獲得。例如,作為合成方法的一例,能夠舉出如下方法:使醇、多元醇和/或含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸等含羥基化合物與異氰酸酯進行反應,或者根據需要用(甲基)丙烯酸將藉由上述反應而得到之胺基甲酸酯化合物酯化。另外,“(甲基)丙烯酸”係指丙烯酸和甲基丙烯酸中的一者或兩者。 The radically polymerizable compound described above can be synthesized by a known method. Moreover, it can also be obtained as a commercial item. For example, as an example of the synthesis method, a method of reacting a hydroxyl group-containing compound such as an alcohol, a polyol, and/or a hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic acid with an isocyanate or, if necessary, using (meth)acrylic acid, may be mentioned. The urethane compound obtained by the above reaction is esterified. Further, "(meth)acrylic acid" means one or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

作為上述在1個分子中包含1個以上的胺基甲酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物的市售品,並不限定於下述者,例如能夠舉出KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造之UA-306H、UA-306I、UA-306T、UA-510H、UF-8001G、UA-101I、UA-101T、AT-600、AH-600、AI-600、BPZA-66、BPZA-100、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之U-4HA、U-6HA、U-6LPA、UA-32P、U-15HA、UA-1100H、Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造之紫光UV-1400B、紫光UV-1700B、紫光UV-6300B、紫光UV-7550B、紫光UV-7600B、紫光UV-7605B、紫光UV-7610B、紫光UV-7620EA、 紫光UV-7630B、紫光UV-7640B、紫光UV-6630B、紫光UV-7000B、紫光UV-7510B、紫光UV-7461TE、紫光UV-3000B、紫光UV-3200B、紫光UV-3210EA、紫光UV-3310EA、紫光UV-3310B、紫光UV-3500BA、紫光UV-3520TL、紫光UV-3700B、紫光UV-6100B、紫光UV-6640B、紫光UV-2000B、紫光UV-2010B、紫光UV-2250EA。又,還可以舉出Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造之紫光UV-2750B、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造之UL-503LN、Dainippon Ink and Chemicals,Inc.製造之UNIDIC 17-806、UNIDIC 17-813、UNIDIC V-4030、UNIDIC V-4000BA、Daicel UCB Co.,Ltd.製造之EB-1290K、TOKUSHIKI CO.,Ltd.製造之HI-COAP AU-2010、HI-COAP AU-2020等。 The commercially available product of the radically polymerizable compound containing one or more urethane bonds in one molecule is not limited to the following, and may be, for example, KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd. UA-306H, UA-306I, UA-306T, UA-510H, UF-8001G, UA-101I, UA-101T, AT-600, AH-600, AI-600, BPZA-66, BPZA-100, Shin- U-4HA, U-6HA, U-6LPA, UA-32P, U-15HA, UA-1100H, Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. manufactured by Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., UV-1400B, violet UV-1700B, violet UV-6300B, violet UV-7550B, violet UV-7600B, violet UV-7605B, violet UV-7610B, violet UV-7620EA, violet UV-7630B, violet UV-7640B, violet UV-6630B, violet UV-7000B, violet UV-7510B, violet UV-7461TE, violet UV-3000B, violet UV-3200B, violet UV-3210EA, violet UV-3310EA, violet UV-3310B, violet UV-3500BA, violet UV-3520TL, violet UV-3700B, violet UV-6100B, violet UV-6640B, violet UV-2000B, violet UV-2010B, violet UV-2250EA. Further, violent UV-2750B manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., UL-503LN manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., UNIDIC 17-806 manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc., UNIDIC can also be cited. 17-813, UNIDIC V-4030, UNIDIC V-4000BA, EB-1290K manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd., HI-COAP AU-2010, HI-COAP AU-2020 manufactured by TOKUSHIKI CO., Ltd., and the like.

以下,作為上述在1個分子中包含1個以上的胺基甲酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物的具體例,示出例示化合物A-1~A-8,但本發明並不限定於下述具體例。 In the following, as a specific example of the radically polymerizable compound containing one or more urethane bonds in one molecule, the exemplified compounds A-1 to A-8 are shown, but the present invention is not limited to the following. Specific examples are described.

【化學式1】 [Chemical Formula 1]

【化學式2】 [Chemical Formula 2]

以上,對在1個分子中包含1個以上的胺基甲酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物進行了說明,但在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物亦可以為不具有胺基甲酸酯鍵者。又,第二態樣(1)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物除了在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物以外,還可以包含該種自由基聚合性化合物以外的自由基聚合性化合物的一種以上。 In the above, a radically polymerizable compound containing one or more urethane bonds in one molecule has been described. However, two or more molecules including at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylonitrile and methacrylic acid are included in one molecule. The radically polymerizable compound of the radical polymerizable group in the group of the group may also be a group having no urethane bond. Further, the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (1) includes two or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule. In addition to the radically polymerizable compound, one or more kinds of radical polymerizable compounds other than the radical polymerizable compound may be contained.

以下,將在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基,且在1個分子中包含1個以上胺基甲 酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物記載為“第一自由基聚合性化合物”,無論是否在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基,將不屬於第一自由基聚合性化合物之自由基聚合性化合物記載為“第二自由基聚合性化合物”。第二自由基聚合性化合物可以在1個分子中具有1個以上胺基甲酸酯鍵,亦可以不具有胺基甲酸酯鍵。當併用第一自由基聚合性化合物和第二自由基聚合性化合物時,該等的質量比係第一自由基聚合性化合物/第二自由基聚合性化合物=3/1~1/30為較佳,2/1~1/20為更佳,1/1~1/10為進一步較佳。 In the following, two or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group are contained in one molecule, and one or more urethanes are contained in one molecule. The radically polymerizable compound of the bond is described as a "first radical polymerizable compound", and whether or not a radical polymerization of two or more groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group is included in one molecule The radically polymerizable compound which does not belong to the first radical polymerizable compound is described as a "second radical polymerizable compound". The second radical polymerizable compound may have one or more urethane bonds in one molecule or may not have a urethane bond. When the first radical polymerizable compound and the second radical polymerizable compound are used in combination, the mass ratio is the first radical polymerizable compound/second radical polymerizable compound = 3/1 to 1/30. Preferably, 2/1 to 1/20 is better, and 1/1 to 1/10 is further preferred.

第二態樣(1)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物的在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物(無論有無胺基甲酸酯鍵)的含量相對於組成物總量100質量%,較佳為30質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,進一步較佳為70質量%以上。又,第二態樣(1)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物的在1個分子中包含2個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物(無論有無胺基甲酸酯鍵)的含量相對於組成物總量100質量%,較佳為98質量%以下,更佳為95質量%以下,進一步較佳為90質量%以下。 The free form of the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (1) includes two or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. The content of the base polymerizable compound (with or without a urethane bond) is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more based on 100% by mass of the total amount of the composition. . Further, in the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (1), two or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of a propylene group and a methacryl group are contained in one molecule. The content of the radically polymerizable compound (with or without a urethane bond) is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, even more preferably 90% by mass based on 100% by mass of the total amount of the composition. %the following.

又,第二態樣(1)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物的第一自由基聚合性化合物的含量相對於組成物總量100質量%,較佳為30質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,進一步較佳為70質量%以上。另一方面,第一自由基聚合性化合物的含量相對於組成物總量100質量%,98質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳。 In addition, the content of the first radical polymerizable compound of the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (1) is preferably 100% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass based on the total amount of the composition. The mass% or more is more preferably 70% by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the first radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition, 98% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less.

在一態樣中,第二自由基聚合性化合物較佳為在1個分子中包含2個以上自由基聚合性基且不具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之自由基聚合性化合物。第二自由基聚合性化合物中所包含之自由基聚合性基較佳為乙烯性不飽和基,在一態樣中乙烯基為較佳。在其他一態樣中,乙烯性不飽和基係選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基為較佳。亦即,第二自由基聚合性化合物在1個分子中具有1個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基且不具有胺基甲酸酯鍵亦為較佳。又,第二自由基聚合性化合物作為自由基聚合性化合物,亦能夠在一個分子中包含選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基的1個以上和該等以外的自由基聚合性基的1個以上。 In one aspect, the second radical polymerizable compound is preferably a radically polymerizable compound containing two or more radical polymerizable groups in one molecule and having no urethane bond. The radical polymerizable group contained in the second radical polymerizable compound is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a vinyl group is preferred in one aspect. In other aspects, the ethylenically unsaturated group is preferably a radical polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. In other words, the second radical polymerizable compound has one or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule and does not have a urethane bond. It is also better. In addition, the second radical polymerizable compound may contain one or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group in one molecule as a radically polymerizable compound. One or more of the radical polymerizable groups other than the above.

第二自由基聚合性化合物的在1個分子中所包含之自由基聚合性基的數量較佳為至少2個,更佳為3個以上,進一步較佳為4個以上。又,在一態樣中,第二自由基聚合性化合物的在1個分子中所包含之自由基聚合性基的數量例如為10個以下,但亦可以超過10個。又,作為第二自由基聚合性化合物,分子量為200以上且小於1000的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。 The number of the radical polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the second radical polymerizable compound is preferably at least 2, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 4 or more. Further, in one aspect, the number of the radical polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the second radical polymerizable compound is, for example, 10 or less, but may be more than 10. Further, as the second radical polymerizable compound, a radically polymerizable compound having a molecular weight of 200 or more and less than 1,000 is preferable.

作為第二自由基聚合性化合物,例如能夠例示出以下者。但是,本發明並不限定於下述例示化合物。 As the second radical polymerizable compound, for example, the following can be exemplified. However, the present invention is not limited to the following exemplified compounds.

例如,可以舉出聚乙二醇200二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇300二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇400二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇600二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、表氯醇改質乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如NAGASE & CO.,LTD.製造之De nacol DA-811等)、聚丙二醇200二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇400二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇700二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷(EO;Ethylene Oxide)‧環氧丙烷(PO;Propylene Oxide)嵌段聚醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如Nippon Oil & Eats Co.,Ltd.製造之BLEMMER PET系列等)、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A EO加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之M-210、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co,Ltd.製造之NK Ester A-BPE-20等)、氫化雙酚AEO加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co,Ltd.製造之NK Ester A-HPE-4等)、雙酚A PO加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造之LIGHT ACRYLATE BP-4PA等)、雙酚A表氯醇加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如Daicel UCB Co.,Ltd.製造之Ebecryl 150等)、雙酚A EO‧PO加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如Toho Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造之BP-023-PE等)、雙酚F EO加成型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARONIX M-208等)、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其表氯醇改質品、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基新戊酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其己內酯改質品、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯單硬脂酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷丙烯酸‧苯甲酸酯、異氰脲酸EO改質二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARONIX M-215等)等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 For example, polyethylene glycol 200 di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol 300 di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol 400 di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol 600 two (Meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, epichlorohydrin modified ethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate (commercially available, for example, manufactured by NAGASE & CO., LTD.) De nacol DA-811, etc.), polypropylene glycol 200 di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol 400 di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol 700 di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide (EO; Ethylene Oxide) ‧ propylene oxide (PO; Propylene Oxide) block polyether di(meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, such as the BLEMMER PET series manufactured by Nippon Oil & Eats Co., Ltd.), dipropylene glycol II ( Methyl acrylate, bisphenol A EO, and bis (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, for example, M-210 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., NK Ester manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) A-BPE-20, etc., hydrogenated bisphenol AEO addition di(meth)acrylate (NK Ester A-HPE-4, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), bisphenol A PO addition molding II Methyl) propyl An enoate (a commercially available product such as LIGHT ACRYLATE BP-4PA manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), bisphenol A epichlorohydrin plus a di(meth) acrylate (as a commercial product such as Daicel) Ebecryl 150 manufactured by UCB Co., Ltd., etc.), bisphenol A EO‧PO addition bis(meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, for example, BP-023-PE manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Etc.), bisphenol F EO plus di(meth) acrylate (as a commercial product such as ARONIX M-208 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), 1,6-hexanediol di(methyl) Acrylate and its epichlorohydrin modification, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate and its caprolactone modification, 1,4 - Butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(methyl) ) acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth) acrylate monostearate, trimethylolpropane acrylate benzoate, isocyanuric acid EO modified di(meth) acrylate (as city For sale, such as ARONI manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. A bifunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as X M-215 or the like.

又,可以舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇改質品、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇改質品、異氰脲酸EO改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,例如TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造之ARONIX M-315等)、三(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基磷酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸氫-(2,2,2-三-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇改質品等3官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物;新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇改質品、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等4官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物;二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇、脂肪酸、烷基改質品等5官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物;二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇、脂肪酸、烷基改質品、山梨糖醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯及其EO、PO、表氯醇、脂肪酸、烷基改質品等6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Further, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and EO, PO, epichlorohydrin modified product, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate may be mentioned. And EO, PO, epichlorohydrin modified product, isocyanuric acid EO modified tri(meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, such as ARONIX M-315 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., etc.), three (Meth) propylene methoxyethyl phosphate, hydrogen (2-(2,2,2-tri-(methyl) propylene methoxymethyl) ethyl phthalate, glycerol tri(meth) acrylate And its EO, PO, epichlorohydrin modified products and other trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds; neopentyl alcohol tetra (meth) acrylate and its EO, PO, epichlorohydrin modification, ditrihydroxy a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate compound such as methyl propane tetra(meth) acrylate; dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and its EO, PO, epichlorohydrin, fatty acid, alkyl modified product Equivalent 5-functional (meth) acrylate compound; dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate and its EO, PO, epichlorohydrin, fatty acid, alkyl modification, sorbitol hexa(meth) acrylate Ester and its EO, PO, epichlorohydrin, fatty acid, alkane Modified products such as 6-functional (meth) acrylate.

亦可以併用2種以上第二自由基聚合性化合物。在該情況下,能夠較佳地使用二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物“DPHA”(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 Two or more kinds of second radical polymerizable compounds may also be used in combination. In this case, a mixture "DPHA" (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) or the like of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate can be preferably used.

又,作為第二自由基聚合性化合物,重量平均分子量為200以上且小於1000的聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦為較佳。在市售品中,作為聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可以舉出Arakawa Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之商品名Beam set 700系列、例如Beam set 700(6官能)、Beam set 710(4官能)、Beam set 720(3官能)等。又,作為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可以舉出Showa Polymer Co.,Ltd.製造之商品名SP系 列、例如SP-1506、500、SP-1507、480、VR系列、例如VR-77、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co,Ltd.製造之商品名EA-1010/ECA、EA-11020、EA-1025、EA-6310/ECA等。 Further, as the second radical polymerizable compound, a polyester (meth) acrylate or an epoxy (meth) acrylate having a weight average molecular weight of 200 or more and less than 1,000 is also preferable. Among the commercially available products, as the polyester (meth) acrylate, a product name of Beam set 700 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., for example, Beam set 700 (6-functional), Beam set 710 (4-functional) can be mentioned. , Beam set 720 (3 functional) and so on. Further, examples of the epoxy (meth) acrylate include a product name SP series manufactured by Showa Polymer Co., Ltd., for example, SP-1506, 500, SP-1507, 480, VR series, for example, VR-77, Trade names manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. are EA-1010/ECA, EA-11020, EA-1025, EA-6310/ECA, and the like.

又,作為第二自由基聚合性化合物的具體例,亦能夠舉出下述例示化合物A-9~A-11。 Further, specific examples of the second radical polymerizable compound include the following exemplified compounds A-9 to A-11.

作為第二態樣的較佳的一態樣之第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含b)在1個分子中包含3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之自由基聚合性化合物。以下,將b)在1個分子中包含3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物亦記載為“b)成分”。 The second aspect of the second aspect (2) of the second layer (2) has a curable composition for forming an HC layer comprising b) a radical containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. Polymeric compound. Hereinafter, b) a compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule is also referred to as a "b) component.

作為b)成分,可以舉出多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯、乙烯苯及其衍生物、乙烯碸、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。其中,在1個分子中包含3個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。作為具體例,能夠舉出作為多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的 酯之在1個分子中具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。更詳細而言,例如,可以舉出(二)新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(二)新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、EO改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、PO改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、EO改質磷酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(二)新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,2,3-環己烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、聚胺酯聚丙烯酸酯、聚酯聚丙烯酸酯、己內酯改質三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、三新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、三新戊四醇六三丙烯酸酯、1,2,4-環己烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五甘油三丙烯酸酯等。另外,上述“(二)新戊四醇”係以新戊四醇和二新戊四醇中的一者或兩者的含義來使用。 Examples of the component b) include esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzene and derivatives thereof, vinyl anthracene, (meth)acrylamide, and the like. Among them, a radically polymerizable compound containing three or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule is preferable. Specific examples thereof include a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule as an ester of a polyhydric alcohol and (meth)acrylic acid. More specifically, for example, (di) pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, (b) pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(methyl) may be mentioned. Acrylate, EO modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, PO modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, EO modified tris(meth)acrylate, trishydroxyl Ethylene tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, (b)pentaerythritol penta(methyl) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol hexa(meth) acrylate, 1,2,3-cyclohexane tetramethacrylate, polyurethane polyacrylate, polyester Polyacrylate, caprolactone modified tris(propenyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, trinepentaerythritol triacrylate, trinepentaerythritol hexatriacrylate, 1,2,4-ring Hexane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaglycerin triacrylate, and the like. Further, the above "(di) pentaerythritol" is used in the sense of one or both of pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol.

另外,在1個分子中包含3個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之樹脂亦為較佳。 Further, a resin containing three or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule is also preferable.

作為在1個分子中包含3個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之樹脂,例如亦可以舉出聚酯系樹脂、聚醚系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、醇酸系樹脂、螺縮醛系樹脂、聚丁二烯系樹脂、多硫醇多烯系樹脂、多元醇等多官能化合物等聚合物等。 The resin containing three or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule may, for example, be a polyester resin or a polyether resin. Acrylic resin, epoxy resin, urethane resin, alkyd resin, acetal resin, polybutadiene resin, polythiol polyene resin, polyfunctional compound such as polyol, etc. Polymers, etc.

作為在1個分子中包含3個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物的具體例,能夠舉出日本特開2007-256844號公報的0096段所示之例示化合物等。 Specific examples of the radical polymerizable compound containing three or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule include JP-A-2007- An exemplary compound shown in paragraph 0096 of 256844.

另外,在1個分子中包含3個以上選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基之自由基聚合性化合物的具體例,能夠舉出Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD DPHA、KAYARAD DPHA-2C、KAYARAD PET-30、KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD TPA-320、KAYARAD TPA-330、KAYARAD RP-1040、KAYARAD T-1420、KAYARAD D-310、KAYARAD DPCA-20、KAYARAD DPCA-30、KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD GPO-303、Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Ltd.製造之V # 400、V # 36095D等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯化物。又,亦能夠適宜使用紫光UV-1400B、紫光UV-1700B、紫光UV-6300B、紫光UV-7550B、紫光UV-7600B、紫光UV-7605B、紫光UV-7610B、紫光UV-7620EA、紫光UV-7630B、紫光UV-7640B、紫光UV-6630B、紫光UV-7000B、紫光UV-7510B、紫光UV-7461TE、紫光UV-3000B、紫光UV-3200B、紫光UV-3210EA、紫光UV-3310EA、紫光UV-3310B、紫光UV-3500BA、紫光UV-3520TL、紫光UV-3700B、紫光UV-6100B、紫光UV-6640B、紫光UV-2000B、紫光UV-2010B、紫光UV-2250EA、紫光UV-2750B(Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、UL-503LN(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)、UNIDIC 17-806、UNIDIC 17-813、UNIDIC V-4030、UNIDIC V-4000BA(Dainippon Ink and Chemicals,Inc.製造)、EB-1290K、EB-220、EB-5129、EB-1830,EB-4358(Daicel UCB Co.,Ltd.製造)、HI-COAP AU-2010、HI-COAP AU-2020(TOKUSHIKI CO.,Ltd.製造)、ARONIX M-1960(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、Art resin UN-3320HA、UN-3320HC、UN-3320HS、UN-904、HDP-4T等3官能以上的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯化合 物、ARONIX M-8100、M-8030、M-9050(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、KBM-8307(DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造)的3官能以上的聚酯化合物等。 In addition, a specific example of a radically polymerizable compound containing three or more radical polymerizable groups selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl fluorenyl group in one molecule can be exemplified by Nippon Kayaku Co. KAYARAD DPHA, KAYARAD DPHA-2C, KAYARAD PET-30, KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD TPA-320, KAYARAD TPA-330, KAYARAD RP-1040, KAYARAD T-1420, KAYARAD D-310, KAYARAD DPCA-20 manufactured by Ltd. , KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD GPO-303, an organic ester of (meth)acrylic acid such as V #400, V# 36095D manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Ltd. Also, it is also suitable to use violet UV-1400B, violet UV-1700B, violet UV-6300B, violet UV-7550B, violet UV-7600B, violet UV-7605B, violet UV-7610B, violet UV-7620EA, violet UV-7630B , violet UV-7640B, violet UV-6630B, violet UV-7000B, violet UV-7510B, violet UV-7461TE, violet UV-3000B, violet UV-3200B, violet UV-3210EA, violet UV-3310EA, violet UV-3310B , violet UV-3500BA, violet UV-3520TL, violet UV-3700B, violet UV-6100B, violet UV-6640B, violet UV-2000B, violet UV-2010B, violet UV-2250EA, violet UV-2750B (Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Manufactured by Co., Ltd., UL-503LN (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), UNIDIC 17-806, UNIDIC 17-813, UNIDIC V-4030, UNIDIC V-4000BA (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.) ), EB-1290K, EB-220, EB-5129, EB-1830, EB-4358 (manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.), HI-COAP AU-2010, HI-COAP AU-2020 (TOKUSHIKI CO., (manufactured by Ltd.), ARONIX M-1960 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), Art resin UN-3320HA, UN-3320HC, UN-3320HS, UN-904, HDP-4T and other trifunctional or higher urethanes Acrylate Was co-, ARONIX M-8100, M-8030, M-9050 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., Ltd.), trifunctional or more KBM-8307 (DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD., Ltd.) of a polyester compound.

又,作為b)成分,可以僅使用一種,亦可以併用結構不同之兩種以上。 Further, as the component b), only one type may be used, or two or more types different in structure may be used in combination.

如上所述,將第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層較佳為在將HC層的總固體成分設為100質量%時,能夠包含源自上述a)之結構15~70質量%、源自上述b)之結構25~80質量%、上述c)0.1~10質量%、上述d)0.1~10質量%。在將HC層的總固體成分設為100質量%時,含有40~75質量%源自b)之結構為較佳,含有60~75質量%為更佳。又,在將該HC層形成用硬化性組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%時,第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含b)成分40~75質量%為較佳,包含60~75質量%為更佳。 As described above, the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming the HC layer of the second aspect (2) preferably has a total solid content of the HC layer of 100% by mass. The structure of a) is 15 to 70% by mass, the structure derived from the above b) is 25 to 80% by mass, the above c) is 0.1 to 10% by mass, and the above d) is 0.1 to 10% by mass. When the total solid content of the HC layer is 100% by mass, it is preferable to contain 40 to 75% by mass of the structure derived from b), and more preferably 60 to 75% by mass. In addition, when the total solid content of the curable composition for forming a layer of HC is 100% by mass, the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (2) contains b) a component of 40 to 75% by mass. Preferably, it is more preferably 60 to 75% by mass.

-陽離子聚合性化合物- - Cationic polymerizable compound -

第二態樣的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含至少一種自由基聚合性化合物和至少一種陽離子聚合性化合物為較佳。作為陽離子聚合性化合物,只要係具有能夠陽離子聚合之聚合性基(陽離子聚合性基)者,則能夠無任何限制地使用。又,1個分子中所包含之陽離子聚合性基的數量至少為1個。陽離子聚合性化合物可以為在1個分子中包含1個陽離子聚合性基之單官能化合物,亦可以為包含2個以上陽離子聚合性基之多官能化合物。多官能化合物中所包含之陽離子聚合性基的數量並沒有特別限定,例如在1個分子中為2~6個。又,多官能化合物的在1個分子中包含2個以上之陽離子聚合性基可以相同,亦可以為結構不同之兩種以上。 The curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect preferably contains at least one radically polymerizable compound and at least one cationically polymerizable compound. The cationically polymerizable compound can be used without any limitation as long as it has a polymerizable group (cationic polymerizable group) capable of cationic polymerization. Further, the number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in one molecule is at least one. The cationically polymerizable compound may be a monofunctional compound containing one cationically polymerizable group in one molecule, or may be a polyfunctional compound containing two or more cationically polymerizable groups. The number of the cationically polymerizable groups contained in the polyfunctional compound is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 2 to 6 in one molecule. Further, the polyfunctional compound may have two or more cationically polymerizable groups in one molecule, or may be two or more different in structure.

又,在一態樣中,陽離子聚合性化合物具有陽離子聚合性基,並 且在1個分子中具有1個以上的自由基聚合性基亦為較佳。關於該種陽離子聚合性化合物所具有之自由基聚合性基,能夠參閱關於自由基聚合性化合物之上述記載。較佳為乙烯性不飽和基,乙烯性不飽和基更佳為乙烯基、選自包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之組群中之自由基聚合性基。具有自由基聚合性基之陽離子聚合性化合物的1個分子中的自由基聚合性基的數量至少為1個,1~3個為較佳,1個為更佳。 Further, in one aspect, the cationically polymerizable compound has a cationically polymerizable group, and one or more radical polymerizable groups in one molecule are also preferable. The above description of the radically polymerizable compound can be referred to as the radical polymerizable group of the cationically polymerizable compound. The ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred, and the ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferably a vinyl group, and a radical polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. The number of radical polymerizable groups in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound having a radical polymerizable group is at least one, preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably one.

作為陽離子聚合性基,較佳為能夠舉出含氧雜環基及乙烯醚基。另外,陽離子聚合性化合物在1個分子中可以包含1個以上的含氧雜環基和1個以上的乙烯醚基。 The cationically polymerizable group is preferably an oxygen-containing heterocyclic group or a vinyl ether group. Further, the cationically polymerizable compound may contain one or more oxygen-containing heterocyclic groups and one or more vinyl ether groups in one molecule.

作為含氧雜環,可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。又,具有雙環骨架者亦為較佳。含氧雜環可以為非芳香族環,亦可以為芳香族環,非芳香族環為較佳。作為單環的具體例,能夠舉出環氧環、四氫呋喃環、氧雜環丁烷環。又,作為具有雙環骨架者,能夠舉出氧雜雙環。另外,包含含氧雜環之陽離子聚合性基作為1價的取代基或作為2價以上的多價取代基而包含於陽離子聚合性化合物。又,上述稠環可以為含氧雜環的2個以上縮合而得到者,亦可以為含氧雜環的1個以上和含氧雜環以外的環結構的1個以上縮合而得到者。作為上述含氧雜環以外的環結構,並不限定於該等,能夠舉出環己烷環等環烷環。 As the oxygen-containing hetero ring, it may be a single ring or a fused ring. Further, those having a double ring skeleton are also preferred. The oxygen-containing heterocyclic ring may be a non-aromatic ring or an aromatic ring, and a non-aromatic ring is preferred. Specific examples of the single ring include an epoxy ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, and an oxetane ring. Further, as the double-ring skeleton, an oxabicyclic ring can be mentioned. Further, the cationically polymerizable group containing an oxygen-containing hetero ring is contained in the cationically polymerizable compound as a monovalent substituent or as a divalent or higher polyvalent substituent. Further, the fused ring may be obtained by condensing two or more oxygen-containing heterocyclic rings, or one or more of the oxygen-containing heterocyclic rings and one or more of the ring structures other than the oxygen-containing heterocyclic ring may be obtained. The ring structure other than the oxygen-containing hetero ring is not limited thereto, and examples thereof include a cycloalkane ring such as a cyclohexane ring.

以下,示出含氧雜環的具體例。但是,本發明並不限定於下述具體例。 Specific examples of the oxygen-containing hetero ring are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to the specific examples described below.

【化學式4】 [Chemical Formula 4]

陽離子聚合性化合物中亦可以包含陽離子聚合性基以外的部分結構。該種部分結構並沒有特別限定,可以為直鏈結構,亦可以為分支結構,亦可以為環狀結構。該等部分結構中可以包含1個以上氧原子、氮原子等雜原子。 The cationically polymerizable compound may contain a partial structure other than the cationically polymerizable group. The partial structure is not particularly limited, and may be a linear structure, a branched structure, or a cyclic structure. These partial structures may contain one or more hetero atoms such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.

關於陽離子聚合性化合物的較佳的一態樣,作為陽離子聚合性基或作為陽離子聚合性基以外的部分結構,能夠舉出包含環狀結構之化合物(含有環狀結構之化合物)。含有環狀結構之化合物中所包含之環狀結構在1個分子中例如為1個,亦可以為2個以上。含有環狀結構之化合物中所包含之環狀結構的數量在1個分子中例如為1~5個,但並沒有特別限定。在1個分子中包含2個以上的環狀結構之化合物可以包含相同之環狀結構,亦可以包含結構不同之兩種以上的環狀結構。 In a preferred embodiment of the cationically polymerizable compound, a compound having a cyclic structure (a compound having a cyclic structure) may be mentioned as a cationic polymerizable group or a partial structure other than the cationic polymerizable group. The cyclic structure contained in the compound having a cyclic structure may be, for example, one or two or more in one molecule. The number of the cyclic structures contained in the compound having a cyclic structure is, for example, 1 to 5 in one molecule, but is not particularly limited. The compound containing two or more cyclic structures in one molecule may contain the same cyclic structure, or may contain two or more cyclic structures having different structures.

作為上述含有環狀結構之化合物中所包含之環狀結構的一例,能夠舉出含氧雜環。其詳細內容如前面所記載。 An example of the cyclic structure contained in the compound having a cyclic structure is an oxygen-containing hetero ring. The details are as described above.

用陽離子聚合性化合物的在1個分子中所包含之陽離子聚合性基的數量(以下,記載為“C”。)除分子量(以下,記載為“B”。)而求出之陽離子聚合性基當量(=B/C)例如為300以下,從提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性之觀點而言,小於1 50為較佳。另一方面,從將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層的吸濕性的觀點而言,陽離子聚合性基當量係50以上為較佳。又,在一態樣中,求出陽離子聚合性基當量之陽離子聚合性化合物中所包含之陽離子聚合性基可以為環氧基(環氧環)。亦即,在一態樣中,陽離子聚合性化合物係含有環氧環之化合物。含有環氧環之化合物從提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性之觀點而言,用1個分子中所包含之環氧環的數量除分子量而求出之環氧基當量小於150為較佳。又,含有環氧環之化合物的環氧基當量例如為50以上。 The cationically polymerizable group obtained by dividing the molecular weight (hereinafter referred to as "B") by the number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as "C") The equivalent (=B/C) is, for example, 300 or less, and from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer and the resin film, it is preferably less than 1 50. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the hygroscopicity of the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer, the cationically polymerizable group equivalent system is preferably 50 or more. Moreover, in one aspect, the cationically polymerizable group contained in the cationically polymerizable compound having a cationically polymerizable group equivalent may be an epoxy group (epoxy ring). That is, in one aspect, the cationically polymerizable compound is a compound containing an epoxy ring. The epoxy ring-containing compound removes the molecular weight by the number of epoxy rings contained in one molecule from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer and the resin film. It is preferred to find an epoxy group equivalent of less than 150. Further, the epoxy group equivalent of the compound containing an epoxy ring is, for example, 50 or more.

又,陽離子聚合性化合物的分子量係500以下為較佳,300以下為進一步較佳。推測具有上述範圍的分子量之陽離子聚合性化合物有容易滲透到樹脂膜之傾向,能夠有助於提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性。 Further, the molecular weight of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 500 or less, and more preferably 300 or less. It is presumed that the cationically polymerizable compound having a molecular weight in the above range tends to easily penetrate into the resin film, and it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the adhesion between the HC layer obtained by hardening the curable composition for forming a HC layer and the resin film.

第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含陽離子聚合性化合物,該陽離子聚合性化合物包含a)脂環式環氧基及乙烯性不飽和基,1個分子中所包含之脂環式環氧基的數量為1個,且1個分子中所包含之乙烯性不飽和基的數量為1個,分子量為300以下。以下,將上述a)記載為“a)成分”。 The curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (2) contains a cationically polymerizable compound containing a) an alicyclic epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and is contained in one molecule. The number of the alicyclic epoxy groups is one, and the number of the ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule is one, and the molecular weight is 300 or less. Hereinafter, the above a) is described as "a) component".

作為乙烯性不飽和基,可以舉出包括丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基等之自由基聚合性基,其中丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及C(O)OCH=CH2為較佳,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。1個分子中的脂環式環氧基和乙烯性不飽和基的數量分別係1個為較佳。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group include a radical polymerizable group including an acrylonitrile group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group, and an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. C(O)OCH=CH 2 is preferred, and propylene fluorenyl and methacryl fluorenyl groups are more preferred. The number of the alicyclic epoxy group and the ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule is preferably one.

a)成分的分子量為300以下,210以下為較佳,200以下為更佳。 The molecular weight of the component a) is 300 or less, preferably 210 or less, more preferably 200 or less.

作為a)成分的較佳的一態樣,能夠舉出下述通式(1)所表示之化合物。 A preferred embodiment of the component a) is a compound represented by the following formula (1).

通式(1)中,R表示單環式烴或交聯烴,L表示單鍵或2價的連結基,Q表示乙烯性不飽和基。 In the formula (1), R represents a monocyclic hydrocarbon or a crosslinked hydrocarbon, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Q represents an ethylenically unsaturated group.

當通式(1)中的R為單環式烴時,單環式烴係脂環式烴為較佳,其中碳數4~10的脂環基為更佳,碳數5~7個的脂環基為進一步較佳,碳數6個的脂環基為特佳。作為較佳的具體例,能夠舉出環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基,環己基為更佳。 When R in the formula (1) is a monocyclic hydrocarbon, a monocyclic hydrocarbon-based alicyclic hydrocarbon is preferred, and an alicyclic group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, and the carbon number is 5 to 7 The alicyclic group is further preferably, and the alicyclic group having 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. As a preferable specific example, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclohexyl group are more preferable.

當通式(1)中的R為交聯烴時,交聯烴係2環系交聯烴(雙環式環)、3環系交聯烴(三環式環)為較佳。作為具體例,可以舉出碳數5~20個的交聯烴,例如可以舉出降莰基、莰基、異莰基、三環癸基、二環戊烯基、二環戊烷基、三環戊烯基、三環戊烷基、金剛烷基、低級(例如碳數1~6)烷基取代金剛烷基等。 When R in the formula (1) is a crosslinked hydrocarbon, a crosslinked hydrocarbon-based 2-ring-based crosslinked hydrocarbon (bicyclic ring) or a 3-ring-based crosslinked hydrocarbon (tricyclic ring) is preferred. Specific examples thereof include a crosslinked hydrocarbon having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a thiol group, a fluorenyl group, an isodecyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, and a dicyclopentanyl group. Tricyclopentenyl, tricyclopentanyl, adamantyl, lower (e.g., C 1 to 6) alkyl substituted adamantyl, and the like.

當L表示2價的連結基時,2價的連結基係2價的脂肪族烴基為較佳。2價的脂肪族烴基的碳數在1~6的範圍為較佳,在1~3的範圍為更佳,1為進一步較佳。作為2價的脂肪族烴基,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的伸烷基為較佳,直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基為更佳,直鏈狀的伸烷基為進一步 較佳。 When L represents a divalent linking group, a divalent linking group is preferably a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The carbon number of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably in the range of 1 to 6, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3, and further preferably 1 is preferable. As the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group is preferred, and a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred, and a linear alkyl group is further preferred. .

作為Q,可以舉出包括丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基等之乙烯性不飽和基,其中丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及C(O)OCH=CH2為較佳,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 Examples of Q include ethylenically unsaturated groups including an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group, among which an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, and a C(O) group. OCH=CH 2 is preferred, and propylene fluorenyl and methacryl fluorenyl groups are more preferred.

作為a)成分的具體例,能夠舉出日本特開平10-17614號公報的0015段中所例示之各種化合物、下述通式(1A)或(1B)所表示之化合物、1,2-環氧基-4-乙烯基環己烷等。其中下述通式(1A)或(1B)所表示之化合物為更佳。另外,下述通式(1A)所表示之化合物的異構物亦為較佳。 Specific examples of the component a) include various compounds exemplified in paragraph 0015 of JP-A-10-17614, compounds represented by the following formula (1A) or (1B), and 1,2-rings. Oxy-4-vinylcyclohexane and the like. Among them, a compound represented by the following formula (1A) or (1B) is more preferable. Further, an isomer of the compound represented by the following formula (1A) is also preferred.

通式(1A)、(1B)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,L2表示碳數1~6的2價的脂肪族烴基。 In the general formulae (1A) and (1B), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 2 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

通式(1A)及(1B)中的L2所表示之2價的脂肪族烴基的碳數在1~6的範圍,在1~3的範圍為更佳,碳數1為進一步較佳。作為2價的脂肪族烴基,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的伸烷基為較佳,直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基為更佳,直鏈狀的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 The carbon number of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 2 in the general formulae (1A) and (1B) is in the range of 1 to 6, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 carbon. As the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group is preferred, and a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred, and a linear alkyl group is further preferred. .

將第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層較佳為在將HC層的總固體成分設為100質量%時,包含源自上述a)之 結構15~70質量%為較佳,包含18~50質量%為更佳,包含22~40質量%為進一步較佳。又,第二態樣(2)的HC層形成用硬化性組成物在將HC層形成用硬化性組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%時,包含15~70質量%的a)成分為較佳,包含18~50質量%為更佳,包含22~40質量%為進一步較佳。 The HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming the HC layer of the second aspect (2) is preferably a structure 15 derived from the above a) when the total solid content of the HC layer is 100% by mass. It is preferably from 70% by mass, more preferably from 18 to 50% by mass, even more preferably from 22 to 40% by mass. In addition, when the total solid content of the curable composition for forming an HC layer is 100% by mass, the curable composition for forming an HC layer of the second aspect (2) contains 15 to 70% by mass of the component a). Preferably, it is more preferably 18 to 50% by mass, and further preferably 22 to 40% by mass.

作為上述含有環狀結構之化合物中所包含之環狀結構的其他一例,能夠舉出含氮雜環。從提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性之觀點而言,含有含氮雜環之化合物係較佳的陽離子聚合性化合物。作為含有含氮雜環之化合物,在1個分子中具有1個以上選自包括異氰脲酸酯環(後述的例示化合物B-1~B-3中所包含之含氮雜環)及甘脲環(後述的例示化合物B-10中所包含之含氮雜環)之組群中之含氮雜環之化合物為較佳。其中,從提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性之觀點而言,包含異氰脲酸酯環之化合物(含有異氰脲酸酯環之化合物)係更佳的陽離子聚合性化合物。本發明人推測這是因為異氰脲酸酯環與構成樹脂膜之樹脂的親和性優異。從這點而言,包括丙烯酸系樹脂膜之樹脂膜為更佳,與將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層直接接觸之表面係丙烯酸系樹脂膜表面為進一步較佳。 Another example of the cyclic structure contained in the compound having a cyclic structure may be a nitrogen-containing hetero ring. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the HC layer and the resin film obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer, a compound containing a nitrogen-containing hetero ring is preferably a cationically polymerizable compound. The compound containing a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring has one or more selected from the group consisting of an isocyanurate ring (a nitrogen-containing hetero ring contained in the exemplified compounds B-1 to B-3 described later) and a glycoluril ring. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound in the group of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring (exemplified in the exemplified compound B-10 described later) is preferred. In the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer and the resin film, a compound containing an isocyanurate ring (a compound containing an isocyanurate ring) A more preferred cationically polymerizable compound. The inventors presume that this is because the isocyanurate ring is excellent in affinity with the resin constituting the resin film. In this regard, the surface of the surface-based acrylic resin film which is in contact with the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer is more preferable, and the resin film including the acrylic resin film is more preferable.

又,作為上述含有環狀結構之化合物中所包含之環狀結構的其他一例,能夠舉出脂環結構。作為脂環結構,例如能夠舉出單環式環、二環式環、三環式環結構,作為具體例,能夠舉出二環戊烷環(dicyclopentanyl ring)、環己烷環等。 Moreover, as another example of the cyclic structure included in the compound containing a cyclic structure, an alicyclic structure is mentioned. Examples of the alicyclic structure include a monocyclic ring, a bicyclic ring, and a tricyclic ring structure. Specific examples thereof include a dicyclopentanyl ring and a cyclohexane ring.

以上說明之陽離子聚合性化合物能夠利用公知的方法進行合 成。又,亦能夠作為市售品而獲得。 The cationically polymerizable compound described above can be synthesized by a known method. Moreover, it can also be obtained as a commercial item.

作為包含含氧雜環作為陽離子聚合性基之陽離子聚合性化合物的具體例,例如能夠舉出甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(Daicel Corporation製造之CYCLOMER M100等市售品)、3,4-環氧環己基甲基-3’,4’-環氧環己烷羧酸酯(例如,Union Carbide Corporation製造之UVR6105、UV R6110及Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之CELLOXIDE2021等市售品)、雙(3,4-環氧環己基甲基)己二酸酯(例如,Union Carbide Corporation製造之UVR6128)、乙烯基環己烯單氧化物(例如,Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之CELLOXIDE2000)、ε-己內酯改質3,4-環氧環己基甲基3’,4’-環氧環己烷羧酸酯(例如,Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之CELLOXIDE2081)、1-甲基-4-(2-甲基環氧乙烷基)-7-氧雜雙環[4.1.0]庚烷(例如,Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之CELLOXIDE3000)、7,7’-二氧雜-3,3’-雙[雙環[4.1.0]庚烷](例如,Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之CELLOXIDE8000)、3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(苯氧基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基環己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷及二[1-乙基(3-氧雜環丁基)]甲醚等。 Specific examples of the cationically polymerizable compound containing an oxygen-containing heterocyclic ring as a cationically polymerizable group include, for example, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate (a commercially available product such as CYCLOMER M100 manufactured by Daicel Corporation). 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (for example, UVR6105 manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation, UV R6110, and CELLOXIDE 2021 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) , bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate (for example, UVR6128 manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation), vinyl cyclohexene monooxide (for example, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) CELLOXIDE 2000), ε-caprolactone modified 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3',4'-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (for example, CELLOXIDE 2081 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 1- Methyl-4-(2-methyloxiranyl)-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane (for example, CELLOXIDE 3000 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 7,7'-dioxane Hetero-3,3'-bis[bicyclo[4.1.0]heptane] (for example, CELLOXIDE 8000 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 3-ethyl-3- Hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxy) Methyl)oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylcyclohexylmethyl)oxetane and bis[1-ethyl(3-oxetanyl)]methyl ether Wait.

又,作為包含乙烯醚基作為陽離子聚合性基之陽離子聚合性化合物的具體例,可以舉出1,4-丁二醇二乙烯基醚、1,6-己二醇二乙烯基醚、壬二醇二乙烯基醚、環己二醇二乙烯基醚、環己烷二甲醇二乙烯基醚、三乙二醇二乙烯基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三乙烯基醚、新戊四醇四乙烯基醚等。作為包含乙烯醚基之陽離子聚合性化合物,具有脂環結構者亦為較佳。 Moreover, specific examples of the cationically polymerizable compound containing a vinyl ether group as a cationically polymerizable group include 1,4-butanediol divinyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol divinyl ether, and bismuth. Alcohol divinyl ether, cyclohexanediol divinyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol divinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, neopentyl alcohol tetravinyl Ether and the like. As the cationically polymerizable compound containing a vinyl ether group, those having an alicyclic structure are also preferred.

另外,作為陽離子聚合性化合物,亦能夠使用日本特開平8-143806號公報、日本特開平8-283320號公報、日本特開2000-186079號公報、日本特開2000-327672號公報、日本特開2004-315778號公報、日本特開2005-29632號公報等中所例示之化合物。 In addition, as a cationically polymerizable compound, JP-A-H08-143806, JP-A-H08-283320, JP-A-2000-186079, JP-A-2000-327672, JP-A-2000-327672 A compound exemplified in JP-A-2005-29632, and the like.

以下,作為陽離子聚合性化合物的具體例,示出例示化合物B-1~B-14,但本發明並不限定於下述具體例。 Hereinafter, the exemplified compounds B-1 to B-14 are shown as specific examples of the cationically polymerizable compound, but the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples.

【化學式9】 [Chemical Formula 9]

又,從提高將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層與樹脂膜的密接性之觀點而言,作為HC層形成用硬化性組成物的較佳的態樣,能夠舉出下述態樣。滿足下述態樣的1個以上為更佳,滿足2個以上為進一步較佳,滿足3個以上為進一步較佳,滿足全部為更進一步較佳。另外,1個陽離子聚合性化合物滿足複數個態樣亦為較佳。例如,能夠例示出含有含氮雜環之化合物的陽離子聚合性基當量小於150等來作為較佳的態樣。 In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the HC layer and the resin film obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer, a preferred aspect of the curable composition for forming a HC layer is as follows. Describe the situation. It is more preferable to satisfy one or more of the following aspects, more preferably two or more, more preferably three or more, and even more preferably. Further, it is also preferred that one cationically polymerizable compound satisfies a plurality of aspects. For example, a cationic polymerizable group equivalent of a compound containing a nitrogen-containing hetero ring may be exemplified as a preferred aspect.

(1)作為陽離子聚合性化合物,包含含有含氮雜環之化合物。較佳地,含有含氮雜環之化合物所具有之含氮雜環選自包括異氰脲酸酯環及甘脲環之組群。含有含氮雜環之化合物更佳為含有異氰脲酸酯環之化合物。含有異氰脲酸酯環之化合物進一步較佳為在1個分子中包含1個以上的環氧環之含有環氧環之化合物。 (1) The cationically polymerizable compound contains a compound containing a nitrogen-containing hetero ring. Preferably, the nitrogen-containing heterocycle having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is selected from the group consisting of an isocyanurate ring and a glycoluril ring. The compound containing a nitrogen-containing hetero ring is more preferably a compound containing an isocyanurate ring. The compound containing an isocyanurate ring is more preferably an epoxy ring-containing compound containing one or more epoxy rings in one molecule.

(2)作為陽離子聚合性化合物,包含陽離子聚合性基當量小於150的陽離子聚合性化合物。較佳為包含環氧基當量小於150的含有環氧基之化合物。 (2) The cationically polymerizable compound contains a cationically polymerizable compound having a cationic polymerizable group equivalent of less than 150. It is preferred to contain an epoxy group-containing compound having an epoxy group equivalent of less than 150.

(3)陽離子聚合性化合物包含乙烯性不飽和基。 (3) The cationically polymerizable compound contains an ethylenically unsaturated group.

(4)作為陽離子聚合性化合物,同時包含在1個分子中包含1個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之含有氧雜環丁烷環之化合物與其他陽離子聚合性化合物。含有氧雜環丁烷環之化合物較佳為不包含含氮雜環之化合物。 (4) The cationically polymerizable compound contains a compound containing an oxetane ring and one or more cationically polymerizable compounds containing one or more oxetane rings in one molecule. The compound containing an oxetane ring is preferably a compound which does not contain a nitrogen-containing hetero ring.

上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物的陽離子聚合性化合物的含量相對於自由基聚合性化合物和陽離子聚合性化合物的合計含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份以上,更佳為15質量份以上,進一步較佳為20質量份以 上。又,上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物的陽離子聚合性化合物的含量相對於自由基聚合性化合物和陽離子聚合性化合物的合計含量100質量份,係50質量份以下為較佳。 The content of the cationically polymerizable compound in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the radical polymerizable compound and the cationically polymerizable compound. Further, it is more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. In addition, the content of the cationically polymerizable compound of the curable composition for forming a layer of HC is preferably 50 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the radical polymerizable compound and the cationically polymerizable compound.

又,上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物的陽離子聚合性化合物的含量相對於第一自由基聚合性化合物的含量和陽離子聚合性化合物的合計含量100質量份,較佳為0.05質量份以上,更佳為0.1質量份以上,進一步較佳為1質量份以上。另一方面,陽離子聚合性化合物的含量相對於第一自由基聚合性化合物的含量和陽離子聚合性化合物的合計含量100質量份,係50質量份以下為較佳,40質量份以下為更佳。 In addition, the content of the cationically polymerizable compound in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the first radical polymerizable compound and the cationically polymerizable compound. It is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 1 part by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the first radical polymerizable compound and the cationically polymerizable compound.

另外,在本發明及本說明書中,同時具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基之化合物分類為陽離子聚合性化合物,作為規定HC層形成用硬化性組成物中之含量者。 In addition, in the present invention and the present specification, the compound having both the cationically polymerizable group and the radical polymerizable group is classified into a cationically polymerizable compound, and is a content which defines a curable composition for forming an HC layer.

-聚合起始劑- - Polymerization initiator -

HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含聚合起始劑為較佳,包含光聚合起始劑為更佳。包含自由基聚合性化合物之HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含自由基光聚合起始劑為較佳,包含陽離子聚合性化合物之HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含陽離子光聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,自由基光聚合起始劑可以僅使用一種,亦可以併用結構不同之兩種以上。這點關於陽離子光聚合起始劑亦相同。 The curable composition for forming a layer of HC is preferably a polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photopolymerization initiator. The curable composition for forming a HC layer containing a radical polymerizable compound preferably contains a radical photopolymerization initiator, and the curable composition for forming an HC layer containing a cationically polymerizable compound contains a cationic photopolymerization initiator. good. Further, the radical photopolymerization initiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of structures. This is also true for the cationic photopolymerization initiator.

以下,對各光聚合起始劑依次進行說明。 Hereinafter, each photopolymerization initiator will be described in order.

(i)自由基光聚合起始劑 (i) Free radical photopolymerization initiator

作為自由基光聚合起始劑,只要係能夠藉由光照射而產生作為活性種 之自由基者即可,能夠無任何限制地使用公知的自由基光聚合起始劑。作為具體例,例如可以舉出二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、苄基二甲基縮酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-甲基-2-嗎啉基(4-硫代甲基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)丁酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮寡聚物、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮類;1,2-辛烷二酮、1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)]、乙酮、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)等肟酯類;苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶姻異丁醚等苯偶姻類;二苯甲酮、鄰-苯甲醯苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-4’-甲基-二苯基硫醚、3,3’,4,4’-四(第三丁基過氧基羰基)二苯甲酮、2,4,6-三甲基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-N,N-二甲基-N-[2-(1-氧代-2-丙烯基氧基)乙基]苄基三甲基溴化銨(benzenemethanaminium bromide)、(4-苯甲醯基苄基)三甲基氯化銨等二苯甲酮類;2-異丙基噻噸酮、4-異丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2,4-二氯噻噸酮、1-氯-4-丙氧基噻噸酮、2-(3-二甲基胺基-2-羥基)-3,4-二甲基-9H-噻噸酮-9-酮甲氯化物等噻噸酮類;2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦類等。又,作為自由基光聚合起始劑的助劑,可以併用三乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、4,4’-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮)、4,4’-二乙基胺基二苯甲酮、2-二甲基胺基乙基苯甲酸酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸(正丁氧基)乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、4-二甲基胺基苯 甲酸2-乙基己酯、2,4-二乙基噻吨酮、2,4-二異丙基噻吨酮等。 As the radical photopolymerization initiator, a radical which is an active species can be generated by light irradiation, and a known radical photopolymerization initiator can be used without any limitation. Specific examples include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, benzyldimethylketal, and 4-(2-hydroxyethyl). Oxy)phenyl-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-methyl-2-morpholinyl (4-thiomethylphenyl)propane-1 -ketone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)butanone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylethylene Phenyl]acetone oligomer, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propenyl)-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methyl-propane Acetones such as 1-ketones; 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzamide)], ethyl ketone, 1-[9- Anthracene esters such as ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine); benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, Benzoin such as benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzolobenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4- Benzamethylene-4'-methyl-diphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 2,4,6-three Methyl benzophenone, 4-benzylidene-N,N-dimethyl-N-[2-(1-oxo-2-propanyl) Benzo)ethyl benzomethanaminium bromide, benzophenone such as (4-benzylidenebenzyl)trimethylammonium chloride; 2-isopropylthioxanthene Ketone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 2-(3- Thiophenones such as dimethylamino-2-hydroxy)-3,4-dimethyl-9H-thioxanthone-9-one methyl chloride; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzhydryl -diphenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzylidene)-2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzene Mercapto-based phosphine oxides such as phenylphosphine oxide. Further, as an auxiliary agent for the radical photopolymerization initiator, triethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, 4,4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone (michlerone), 4, 4' may be used in combination. -diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid (n-butoxy Ethyl ester, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-di Isopropyl thioxanthone and the like.

以上的自由基光聚合起始劑及助劑能夠利用公知的方法進行合成,亦能夠作為市售品而獲得。作為市售的自由基光聚合起始劑,作為較佳例可以舉出BASF製造之IRGACURE(127、651、184、819、907、1870(CGI-403/Irg184=7/3混合起始劑、500、369、1173、2959、4265、4263等)、OXE01)等、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYACURE(DETX-S、BP-100、BDMK、CTX、BMS、2-EAQ、ABQ、CPTX、EPD、ITX、QTX、BTC、MCA等)、Sartomer Company,Inc.製造之Esacure(KIP100F、KB1、EB3、BP、X33、KT046、KT37、KIP150、TZT)等。 The above radical photopolymerization initiator and auxiliary agent can be synthesized by a known method, and can also be obtained as a commercially available product. As a commercially available radical photopolymerization initiator, as a preferred example, IRGACURE (127, 651, 184, 819, 907, 1870 (CGI-403/Irg 184 = 7/3 mixed initiator) manufactured by BASF can be cited. 500, 369, 1173, 2959, 4265, 4263, etc.), OXE01), etc., KAYACURE manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (DETX-S, BP-100, BDMK, CTX, BMS, 2-EAQ, ABQ, CPTX) , EPD, ITX, QTX, BTC, MCA, etc.), Esacure (KIP100F, KB1, EB3, BP, X33, KT046, KT37, KIP150, TZT) manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., and the like.

上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物的自由基光聚合起始劑的含量只要在良好地進行自由基聚合性化合物的聚合反應(自由基聚合)之範圍適當調整即可,並沒有特別限定。相對於上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之自由基聚合性化合物100質量份,例如在0.1~20質量份的範圍,較佳為0.5~10質量份,更佳為在1~10質量份的範圍。 The content of the radical photopolymerization initiator of the curable composition for forming the HC layer is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted in the range of the polymerization reaction (radical polymerization) of the radically polymerizable compound. 100 parts by mass of the radically polymerizable compound contained in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC, for example, in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass. The range of parts by mass.

(ii)陽離子光聚合起始劑 (ii) cationic photopolymerization initiator

作為陽離子光聚合起始劑,只要係能夠藉由光照射而產生作為活性種之陽離子者即可,能夠無任何限制地使用公知的陽離子光聚合起始劑。作為具體例,可以舉出公知的鋶鹽、銨鹽、錪鹽(例如二芳基錪鹽)、三芳基鋶鹽、重氮鹽、亞胺鹽等。更具體而言,例如能夠舉出日本特開平8-143806號公報的0050~0053段所示之式(25)~(28)所表示之陽離子光聚合起始劑、日本特開平8-283320號公報的0020段中作為陽離子聚合催化劑而例示者等。又,陽離子光聚合起始劑能夠利用公知的方法進行合成,亦能 夠作為市售品而獲得。作為市售品,例如能夠使用Nippon Soda Co.,Ltd.製造之CI-1370、CI-2064、CI-2397、CI-2624、CI-2639、CI-2734、CI-2758、CI-2823、CI-2855及CI-5102等、Rhodia製造之PHOTOINITIATOR2047等、Union Carbide Corporation製造之UVI-6974、UVI-6990、San-Apro Ltd.製造之CPI-10P。 As the cationic photopolymerization initiator, a cationic ion polymerization initiator which can be used as an active species can be produced by light irradiation, and a known cationic photopolymerization initiator can be used without any limitation. Specific examples thereof include a known onium salt, an ammonium salt, a phosphonium salt (for example, a diarylsulfonium salt), a triarylsulfonium salt, a diazonium salt, and an imide salt. More specifically, for example, a cationic photopolymerization initiator represented by the formulas (25) to (28) shown in paragraphs 0050 to 0053 of JP-A-8-143806, and JP-A No. 8-283320 In the paragraph 0020 of the publication, it is exemplified as a cationic polymerization catalyst. Further, the cationic photopolymerization initiator can be synthesized by a known method, and can also be obtained as a commercially available product. As a commercial item, for example, CI-1370, CI-2064, CI-2397, CI-2624, CI-2639, CI-2734, CI-2758, CI-2823, CI manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. can be used. -2855 and CI-5102, etc., PHOTOINITIATOR 2047 manufactured by Rhodia, UVI-6974 manufactured by Union Carbide Corporation, UVI-6990, and CPI-10P manufactured by San-Apro Ltd.

作為陽離子光聚合起始劑,從光聚合起始劑對光之靈敏度、化合物的穩定性等觀點而言,重氮鹽、錪鹽、鋶鹽、亞胺鹽為較佳。又,從耐候性的觀點而言,錪鹽為最佳。 As the cationic photopolymerization initiator, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, and an imide salt are preferred from the viewpoints of sensitivity to light of a photopolymerization initiator, stability of a compound, and the like. Further, from the viewpoint of weather resistance, barium salts are preferred.

作為錪鹽系陽離子光聚合起始劑的具體市售品,例如能夠舉出Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造之B2380、Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造之BBI-102、Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之WPI-113、Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之WPI-124、Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之WPI-169、Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造之WPI-170、Toyo Gosei kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造之DTBPI-PFBS。 Specific examples of the commercial product of the sulfonium-based cationic photopolymerization initiator include B2380 manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., BBI-102 manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd., and Wako Pure Chemical Industries. WPI-113 manufactured by Ltd., WPI-124 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., WPI-169 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., WPI-170 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., Toyo Gosei kagaku DTBPI-PFBS manufactured by Co., Ltd.

又,作為能夠用作陽離子光聚合起始劑之錪鹽化合物的具體例,亦能夠舉出下述化合物PAG-1、PAG-2。 Moreover, as a specific example of the onium salt compound which can be used as a cationic photopolymerization initiator, the following compounds PAG-1 and PAG-2 are also mentioned.

【化學式12】 [Chemical Formula 12]

上述HC層形成用硬化性組成物的陽離子光聚合起始劑的含量只要在良好地進行陽離子聚合性化合物的聚合反應(陽離子聚合)之範圍適當調整即可,並沒有特別限定。相對於陽離子聚合性化合物100質量份,例如在0.1~200質量份的範圍,較佳為1~150質量份,更佳為在2~100質量份的範圍。 The content of the cationic photopolymerization initiator of the curable composition for forming the HC layer is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted in the range of the polymerization reaction (cation polymerization) of the cationically polymerizable compound. The amount of the cationically polymerizable compound is, for example, 0.1 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 150 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 100 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the cationically polymerizable compound.

作為其他光聚合起始劑,能夠舉出日本特開2009-204725號公報的0052~0055段中所記載之光聚合起始劑該公報的內容被引入本發明中。 The photopolymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0052 to 0055 of JP-A-2009-204725 is incorporated herein by reference.

上述聚合性化合物的官能基數量從將努氏硬度設在上述範圍之觀點而言,以下述式定義之膜中平均官能基數量係3~5為較佳。在此,“膜中平均官能基數量”係指形成HC層時所使用之HC層形成用硬化性組成物中之平均官能基數量。HC層形成用硬化性組成物可以含有兩種以上的聚合性化合物。 The number of functional groups of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 3 to 5 in terms of the average functional group number in the film defined by the following formula from the viewpoint of setting the Knoop hardness to the above range. Here, the "the average number of functional groups in the film" means the average number of functional groups in the curable composition for forming an HC layer used in forming the HC layer. The curable composition for forming a HC layer may contain two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds.

fk:HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之各聚合性化合物的官能基數量 f k : the number of functional groups of each polymerizable compound contained in the curable composition for forming an HC layer

其中,官能基數量係指自由基聚合性基數量、陽離子聚合性基數量等 反應性基的總數。 Here, the number of functional groups means the total number of reactive groups such as the number of radical polymerizable groups and the number of cationically polymerizable groups.

ak:各聚合性化合物相對於HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之聚合性化合物的總重量之重量比率 a k : weight ratio of the total weight of each polymerizable compound to the polymerizable compound contained in the curable composition for forming an HC layer

n:聚合性化合物的種類的數量 n: the number of types of polymerizable compounds

從容易調整硬度、捲曲之觀點而言,HC層形成用硬化性組成物含有2種以上的聚合性化合物為較佳,含有具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物1、及在同一分子內具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物2和/或在同一分子內具有伸烷氧基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物3為更佳。但是,聚合性化合物1、聚合性化合物2及聚合性化合物3為分別不同之聚合性化合物,當屬於聚合性化合物1~3中複數個聚合性化合物時,以聚合性化合物3、聚合性化合物2、聚合性化合物1的順序優先分類。 The curable composition for forming an HC layer preferably contains two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds, and contains a polymerizable compound 1 having a radical polymerizable group and has the same molecule in the same molecule. The polymerizable compound 2 having a cationically polymerizable group and a radical polymerizable group and/or the polymerizable compound 3 having an alkoxy group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule are more preferable. However, the polymerizable compound 1, the polymerizable compound 2, and the polymerizable compound 3 are different polymerizable compounds, and when it is a plurality of polymerizable compounds among the polymerizable compounds 1 to 3, the polymerizable compound 3 and the polymerizable compound 2 are used. The order of the polymerizable compound 1 is preferentially classified.

聚合性化合物3所具有之“伸烷氧基”係指聚伸乙氧基及聚伸丙氧基等重複數量為2以上的聚伸烷氧基、以及伸乙基二氧基及伸丙基二氧基等伸烷基具有2個以上的氧基(-O-)之伸烷基聚氧基兩者。同樣地,“伸乙氧基”係指重複數量為2個以上的聚伸乙氧基及具有2個以上的氧基之伸乙基聚氧基兩者。 The "alkyleneoxy group" of the polymerizable compound 3 means a poly(alkyleneoxy group) having a repeating amount of 2 or more, such as a poly(ethyleneoxy) group and a poly(propoxyl) group, and an ethylidene group and a propyl group. The dioxy isocyanyl group has two or more alkyl (oxyalkyl) groups of the oxy group (-O-). Similarly, "extended ethoxy group" means both a repeating amount of two or more poly-extension ethoxy groups and two or more ethoxy groups.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,在同一分子內具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物2的含量係10~90質量%為較佳,30~70%為更佳。 Among all the polymerizable compounds contained in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC, the content of the polymerizable compound 2 having a cationically polymerizable group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule is preferably 10 to 90% by mass. 30~70% is better.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,在同一分子內具有伸烷氧基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物3的含量係10~90% 為較佳,30~70%為更佳。 Among all the polymerizable compounds contained in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC, the content of the polymerizable compound 3 having an alkoxy group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule is preferably 10 to 90%, and preferably 30. ~70% is better.

作為聚合性化合物1,可以較佳地適用前述自由基聚合性化合物的記載,作為聚合性化合物2,可以較佳地適用前述陽離子聚合性化合物中之a)成分的記載。 As the polymerizable compound 1, the description of the above-mentioned radical polymerizable compound can be preferably applied, and as the polymerizable compound 2, the description of the component a) of the above cationically polymerizable compound can be preferably applied.

作為在同一分子內具有伸烷氧基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物3的具體例,可以舉出丁氧基二乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#200二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#400二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#1000二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#200二丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#400二丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#600二丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇#1000二丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇#400二丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇(#700)二丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇#650二丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇#700二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇#400二甲基丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、甘油二甲基丙烯酸酯。另外,#的後面所記載之數字表示伸乙氧基的分子量。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound 3 having an alkoxy group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule include butoxydiethylene glycol methacrylate and methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylic acid. Ester, methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol #200 two Methacrylate, polyethylene glycol #400 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol #600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol #1000 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol #200 diacrylate , polyethylene glycol #400 diacrylate, polyethylene glycol #600 diacrylate, polyethylene glycol #1000 diacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, polypropylene glycol #400 diacrylate , polypropylene glycol (#700) diacrylate, polytetramethylene glycol #650 diacrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol #700 dimethacrylate, polypropylene glycol #400 dimethacrylate, ethoxy A neopentyl alcohol tetraacrylate or glycerin dimethacrylate. Further, the number described later in # indicates the molecular weight of the ethoxy group.

又,除了上述以外,亦能夠藉由使具有伸烷氧基和反應性基A(例如,羥基)之單體與具有自由基聚合性基和反應性基B(例如,羥基、胺基)之單體進行反應而合成。在該情況下,能夠藉由反應性基A與反應性基B能夠相互形成鍵來進行合成,或者能夠藉由進一步使具有能夠與反應性基A及B形成鍵之反應性基C(例如,異氰酸酯基)之單體反應來進行合成。具體而言,可以舉出胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯聚合物(丙烯酸2-羥基乙 酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二醇(polytetramethylene glycol diol)及異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯的反應物)。 Further, in addition to the above, it is also possible to have a monomer having an alkoxy group and a reactive group A (for example, a hydroxyl group) and a radical polymerizable group and a reactive group B (for example, a hydroxyl group or an amine group). The monomer is reacted and synthesized. In this case, it is possible to carry out the synthesis by forming a bond between the reactive group A and the reactive group B, or to further form a reactive group C capable of forming a bond with the reactive groups A and B (for example, The monomer of the isocyanate group is reacted to carry out the synthesis. Specifically, a urethane acrylate polymer (a reaction product of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol diol, and isophorone diisocyanate) can be given.

從兼顧抑制硬度和捲曲的產生之觀點而言,聚合性化合物3所具有之伸烷氧基係伸乙氧基為較佳。 From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of the hardness and the curl, the alkoxy group-extended ethoxy group of the polymerizable compound 3 is preferred.

-HC層形成用硬化性組成物中能夠任意包含之成分- - a component which can be optionally contained in the curable composition for forming a layer of HC -

HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含具有藉由活性能量射線的照射而硬化之性質之至少一種成分,能夠任意包含至少一種聚合起始劑,包含為較佳。該等的詳細內容如前面所記載。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer contains at least one component having a property of being cured by irradiation with an active energy ray, and at least one polymerization initiator can be optionally contained, and is preferably contained. The details of these are as described above.

接著,對HC層形成用硬化性組成物中能夠任意包含之各種成分進行說明。 Next, various components which can be arbitrarily contained in the curable composition for forming an HC layer will be described.

(i)無機粒子 (i) inorganic particles

HC層形成用硬化性組成物能夠包含平均一次粒徑小於2μm的無機粒子。從提高具有將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層之前面板的硬度(進而,提高具有該前面板之液晶面板的硬度)之觀點而言,HC層形成用硬化性組成物及將該組成物硬化而得到之HC層包含平均一次粒徑小於2μm的無機粒子為較佳。無機粒子的平均一次粒徑在10nm~1μm的範圍為較佳,在10nm~100nm的範圍為更佳,在10nm~50nm的範圍為進一步較佳。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer can contain inorganic particles having an average primary particle diameter of less than 2 μm. From the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the front panel of the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer (and further improving the hardness of the liquid crystal panel having the front panel), the curable composition for forming an HC layer and It is preferred that the HC layer obtained by curing the composition contains inorganic particles having an average primary particle diameter of less than 2 μm. The average primary particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 1 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and further preferably in the range of 10 nm to 50 nm.

關於無機粒子及後述的消光粒子的平均一次粒徑,能夠用透射型電子顯微鏡(倍率50萬~200萬倍)進行粒子的觀察,觀察100個隨機選擇之粒子(一次粒子),將該等粒徑的平均值作為平均一次粒徑。 The average primary particle diameter of the inorganic particles and the matting particles to be described later can be observed by a transmission electron microscope (magnification: 500,000 to 2,000,000 times), and 100 randomly selected particles (primary particles) can be observed. The average value of the diameters is taken as the average primary particle diameter.

作為上述無機粒子,可以舉出二氧化矽粒子、二氧化鈦粒子、氧 化鋯粒子、氧化鋁粒子等。其中二氧化矽粒子為較佳。 Examples of the inorganic particles include cerium oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, zirconium oxide particles, and alumina particles. Among them, cerium oxide particles are preferred.

為了提高與HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之有機成分的親和性,用包含有機鏈段(segment)之表面修飾劑,對上述無機粒子的表面進行處理為較佳。作為表面修飾劑,在同一分子內具有與無機粒子形成鍵結或能夠吸附於無機粒子之官能基和與有機成分具有高親和性之官能基者為較佳。作為具有能夠鍵結於或吸附於無機粒子之官能基之表面修飾劑,係矽烷系表面修飾劑、鋁、鈦、鋯等金屬醇鹽表面修飾劑、或具有磷酸基、硫酸基、磺酸基、羧酸基等陰離子性基之表面修飾劑為較佳。作為與有機成分的親和性高的官能基,可以舉出具有與有機成分相同之親疏水性之官能基、能夠與有機成分化學鍵結之官能基等。其中能夠與有機成分化學鍵結之官能基等為較佳,乙烯性不飽和基或開環聚合性基為更佳。 In order to improve the affinity with the organic component contained in the curable composition for forming an HC layer, it is preferred to treat the surface of the inorganic particles with a surface modifying agent containing an organic segment. As the surface modifier, those having a bond with an inorganic particle or a functional group capable of adsorbing to the inorganic particle and a functional group having a high affinity with the organic component are preferable in the same molecule. As a surface modifier having a functional group capable of bonding or adsorbing to inorganic particles, a decane-based surface modifier, a metal alkoxide surface modifier such as aluminum, titanium, or zirconium, or a phosphate group, a sulfate group, or a sulfonic acid group A surface modifying agent such as an anionic group such as a carboxylic acid group is preferred. Examples of the functional group having high affinity with an organic component include a functional group having the same hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity as the organic component, and a functional group capable of chemically bonding to the organic component. Among them, a functional group or the like which can be chemically bonded to an organic component is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-opening polymerizable group is more preferable.

較佳的無機粒子表面修飾劑係金屬醇鹽表面修飾劑或在同一分子內具有陰離子性基和乙烯性不飽和基或開環聚合性基之聚合性化合物。藉由利用該等表面修飾劑使無機粒子與有機成分化學鍵結,能夠提高HC層的交聯密度,其結果,能夠提高前面板的硬度(進而,包含該前面板之液晶面板的硬度)。 A preferred inorganic particle surface modifier is a metal alkoxide surface modifier or a polymerizable compound having an anionic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-opening polymerizable group in the same molecule. By chemically bonding the inorganic particles and the organic component by the surface modifying agent, the crosslinking density of the HC layer can be increased, and as a result, the hardness of the front panel (and further the hardness of the liquid crystal panel including the front panel) can be improved.

作為上述表面修飾劑的具體例,可以舉出以下例示化合物S-1~S-8。 Specific examples of the surface modifying agent include the following exemplified compounds S-1 to S-8.

S-1 H2C=C(X)COOC3H6Si(OCH3)3 S-1 H 2 C=C(X)COOC 3 H 6 Si(OCH 3 ) 3

S-2 H2C=C(X)COOC2H4OTi(OC2H5)3 S-2 H 2 C=C(X)COOC 2 H 4 OTi(OC 2 H 5 ) 3

S-3 H2C=C(X)COOC2H4OCOC5H10OPO(OH)2 S-3 H 2 C=C(X)COOC 2 H 4 OCOC 5 H 10 OPO(OH) 2

S-4 (H2C=C(X)COOC2H4OCOC5H10O)2POOH S-4 (H 2 C=C(X)COOC 2 H 4 OCOC 5 H 10 O) 2 POOH

S-5 H2C=C(X)COOC2H4OSO3H S-5 H 2 C=C(X)COOC 2 H 4 OSO 3 H

S-6 H2C=C(X)COO(C5H10COO)2H S-6 H 2 C=C(X)COO(C 5 H 10 COO) 2 H

S-7 H2C=C(X)COOC5H10COOH S-7 H 2 C=C(X)COOC 5 H 10 COOH

S-8 CH2CH(O)CH2OC3H6Si(OCH3)3 S-8 CH 2 CH(O)CH 2 OC 3 H 6 Si(OCH 3 ) 3

(X表示氫原子或甲基) (X represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group)

基於表面修飾劑之無機粒子的表面修飾在溶液中進行為較佳。在機械式分散無機粒子時可以使表面修飾劑同時存在,或者可以在機械式分散無機粒子之後添加表面修飾劑進行攪拌,或者可以在機械式分散無機粒子之前進行表面修飾(根據需要,加溫、乾燥之後進行加熱或pH(power of hydrogen)變更),然後進行分散。作為溶解表面修飾劑之溶劑,係極性大的有機溶劑為較佳。具體而言,可以舉出醇、酮、酯等公知的溶劑。 The surface modification of the inorganic particles based on the surface modifier is preferably carried out in a solution. When the inorganic particles are mechanically dispersed, the surface modifying agent may be present at the same time, or the surface modifying agent may be added after mechanically dispersing the inorganic particles for stirring, or the surface modification may be performed before mechanically dispersing the inorganic particles (heating, if necessary, After drying, heating or power of hydrogen is changed, followed by dispersion. As the solvent for dissolving the surface modifying agent, an organic solvent having a large polarity is preferred. Specifically, a known solvent such as an alcohol, a ketone or an ester can be mentioned.

在將HC層形成用硬化性組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%時,無機粒子的含量係5~40質量%為較佳,10~30質量%為更佳。無機粒子的一次粒子的形狀無論球形或非球形,無機粒子的一次粒子係球形為較佳,從進一步提高硬度之觀點而言,在將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層中以球形的2~10個無機粒子(一次粒子)連結而成的非球形的2次粒子以上的高次粒子的形式存在為更佳。 When the total solid content of the curable composition for forming a layer of HC is 100% by mass, the content of the inorganic particles is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The shape of the primary particles of the inorganic particles is spherical or non-spherical, and the primary particles of the inorganic particles are preferably spherical, and in the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer, from the viewpoint of further improving the hardness. It is more preferable that the non-spherical secondary particles or more in the form of high-order particles of two or more spherical inorganic particles (primary particles) are connected.

作為無機粒子的具體例,能夠舉出ELCOM V-8802(JGC Catal ysts and Chemicals Ltd.製造之平均一次粒徑15nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)或ELCOM V-8803(JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd.製造之異形二氧化矽粒子)、MiBK-SD(NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造之平均一次粒徑10~20nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-2140Z(NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造之平均一次粒徑10~20nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-4130(NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造之平均一次粒徑45nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MiBK-SD-L(NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造之平均一次粒徑40~50nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-5140Z(NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造之平均一次粒徑85nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)等。其中,從進一步提高硬度之觀點而言,JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd.製造之ELCOM V-8802為較佳。 Specific examples of the inorganic particles include ELCOM V-8802 (spherical cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 15 nm manufactured by JGC Catal ysts and Chemicals Ltd.) or ELCOM V-8803 (manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd.) Alien cerium oxide particles), MiBK-SD (spherical cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 10 to 20 nm manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.), and MEK-AC-2140Z (average times manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.) Spherical cerium oxide particles having a particle diameter of 10 to 20 nm, MEK-AC-4130 (spherical cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 45 nm manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.), and MiBK-SD-L (NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD. manufactured spherical cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 40 to 50 nm, MEK-AC-5140Z (spherical cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 85 nm manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.), and the like. Among them, ELCOM V-8802 manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd. is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the hardness.

(ii)消光粒子 (ii) matting particles

HC層形成用硬化性組成物亦能夠包含消光粒子。消光粒子係指平均一次粒徑為2μm以上的粒子,可以為無機粒子,亦可以為有機粒子,或者亦可以為無機、有機的複合材料的粒子。消光粒子的形狀無論球形或非球形。消光粒子的平均一次粒徑在2~20μm的範圍為較佳,在4~14μm的範圍為更佳,在6~10μm的範圍為進一步較佳。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer can also contain matting particles. The matte particles are particles having an average primary particle diameter of 2 μm or more, and may be inorganic particles, organic particles, or particles of inorganic or organic composite materials. The shape of the matte particles is either spherical or non-spherical. The average primary particle diameter of the matte particles is preferably in the range of 2 to 20 μm, more preferably in the range of 4 to 14 μm, and further preferably in the range of 6 to 10 μm.

作為消光粒子的具體例,例如能夠舉出二氧化矽粒子、TiO2粒子等無機粒子、交聯丙烯酸粒子、交聯丙烯酸-苯乙烯粒子、交聯苯乙烯粒子、三聚氰胺樹脂粒子、苯并胍胺樹脂粒子等有機粒子。其中,消光粒子係有機粒子為較佳,交聯丙烯酸粒子、交聯丙烯酸-苯乙烯粒子、交聯苯乙烯粒子為更佳。 Specific examples of the matting particles include inorganic particles such as cerium oxide particles and TiO 2 particles, crosslinked acrylic particles, crosslinked acrylic acid-styrene particles, crosslinked styrene particles, melamine resin particles, and benzoguanamine. Organic particles such as resin particles. Among them, the matting particles are preferably organic particles, and the crosslinked acrylic particles, the crosslinked acrylic-styrene particles, and the crosslinked styrene particles are more preferable.

消光粒子以將HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化而得到之HC層中之每單位體積的含量計,係0.10g/cm3以上為較佳,0.10g/cm3~0.40g/cm3為更佳,0.10g/cm3~0.30g/cm3為更佳。 The content of the matte particles per unit volume in the HC layer obtained by curing the curable composition for forming a HC layer is preferably 0.10 g/cm 3 or more, and 0.10 g/cm 3 to 0.40 g/cm 3 . More preferably, 0.10 g/cm 3 to 0.30 g/cm 3 is more preferable.

(iii)紫外線吸收劑 (iii) UV absorber

HC層形成用硬化性組成物含有紫外線吸收劑亦為較佳。作為紫外線吸收劑,例如能夠舉出苯并三唑化合物、三嗪化合物。在此,苯并三唑化合物係具有苯并三唑環之化合物,作為具體例,例如能夠舉出日本特開2013-111835號公報的0033段中所記載之各種苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑。三嗪化合物係具有三嗪環之化合物,作為具體例,例如能夠舉出日本特開2013-111835號公報的0033段中所記載之各種三嗪系紫外線吸收劑。樹脂膜中的紫外線吸收劑的含量例如相對於薄膜中所包含之樹脂100質量份,為0.1~10質量份左右,並沒有特別限定。又,關於紫外線吸收劑,亦能夠參閱日本特開2013-111835號公報的0032段。另外,本發明及本說明書中之紫外線係指在200~380nm的波長頻帶具有發光中心波長之光。 It is also preferred that the curable composition for forming a HC layer contains an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include a benzotriazole compound and a triazine compound. Here, the benzotriazole compound is a compound having a benzotriazole ring, and specific examples thereof include various benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers described in paragraph 0033 of JP-A-2013-111835. . The triazine compound is a compound having a triazine ring, and specific examples thereof include various triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers described in paragraph 0033 of JP-A-2013-111835. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the resin film is, for example, about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin contained in the film, and is not particularly limited. Further, the ultraviolet absorber can also be referred to paragraph 0032 of JP-A-2013-111835. Further, the ultraviolet light in the present invention and the present specification means light having an emission center wavelength in a wavelength band of 200 to 380 nm.

(iv)含氟化合物 (iv) fluorochemicals

HC層形成用硬化性組成物含有調平劑及防污劑等含氟化合物亦為較佳。 It is also preferred that the curable composition for forming a HC layer contains a fluorine-containing compound such as a leveling agent or an antifouling agent.

作為調平劑,可以較佳地使用含氟聚合物。例如可以舉出日本專利5175831號中所記載之含有氟脂肪族基之聚合物。又,亦能夠將構成含有氟脂肪族基之聚合物之通式(1)所表示之含有氟脂肪族基之單體的含量為所有聚合單元的50質量%以下的含有氟脂肪族基之聚合物用作調平劑。 As the leveling agent, a fluoropolymer can be preferably used. For example, a fluoroaliphatic group-containing polymer described in Japanese Patent No. 5,175,831 can be mentioned. In addition, the content of the fluoroaliphatic group-containing monomer represented by the formula (1) constituting the fluoroaliphatic group-containing polymer can be 50% by mass or less of all the polymerization units and the fluoroaliphatic group-containing polymerization. Used as a leveling agent.

若HC層包含防污劑,則減少指紋或污染物的附著,又,能夠容易擦拭所附著之污染物。又,亦能夠藉由提高表面的潤滑性來進一步提高耐擦性。 If the HC layer contains an antifouling agent, the adhesion of fingerprints or contaminants is reduced, and the attached contaminants can be easily wiped off. Moreover, the rubbing resistance can be further improved by improving the lubricity of the surface.

防污劑含有含氟化合物為較佳。含氟化合物具有全氟聚醚基及聚合性基(較佳為自由基聚合性基)為較佳,具有全氟聚醚基及聚合性基且在一 個分子中具有複數個聚合性基為進一步較佳。藉由設為該種構成,能夠更有效地發揮改良耐擦性之效果。 The antifouling agent preferably contains a fluorine-containing compound. The fluorine-containing compound preferably has a perfluoropolyether group and a polymerizable group (preferably a radical polymerizable group), and has a perfluoropolyether group and a polymerizable group and has a plurality of polymerizable groups in one molecule. Preferably. By adopting such a configuration, the effect of improving the rubbing resistance can be more effectively exhibited.

另外,在本說明書中,即使在防污劑具有聚合性基之情況下,亦作為不屬於上述聚合性化合物1~3及上述其他聚合性化合物者來處理。 In the present specification, even when the antifouling agent has a polymerizable group, it is treated as a non-polymerizable compound 1 to 3 and the above other polymerizable compound.

上述含氟化合物可以為單體、寡聚物及聚合物中的任意一種,但寡聚物(含氟寡聚物)為較佳。 The fluorine-containing compound may be any of a monomer, an oligomer and a polymer, but an oligomer (fluorine-containing oligomer) is preferred.

另外,除了上述以外,亦能夠含有後述的(vi)其他成分中所記載之調平劑及防污劑。 Further, in addition to the above, the leveling agent and the antifouling agent described in (vi) other components described later may be contained.

關於本發明中能夠使用之防污劑,除了上述以外,能夠使用日本特開2012-088699號公報的0012~0101段中所記載之材料,該公報的內容被引入本說明書中。 In addition to the above, the materials described in paragraphs 0012 to 0101 of JP-A-2012-088699 can be used in the present specification.

作為以上說明之防污劑,可以使用利用公知的方法合成者,亦可以使用市售品。作為市售品,能夠較佳地使用DIC Corporation製造之RS-90、RS-78等。 As the antifouling agent described above, those synthesized by a known method can be used, and a commercially available product can also be used. As a commercial item, RS-90, RS-78, etc. by DIC Corporation can be used preferably.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物含有防污劑時之含量係HC層形成用硬化性組成物的固體成分的0.01~7質量%為較佳,0.05~5質量%為更佳,0.1~2質量%為進一步較佳。 When the curable composition for forming a HC layer contains an antifouling agent, the content of the solid component of the curable composition for forming an HC layer is preferably 0.01 to 7% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass. % is further preferred.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物可以僅包含1種防污劑,亦可以包含2種以上。當包含2種以上時,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。 The curable composition for forming a layer of HC may contain only one type of antifouling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

又,HC層形成用硬化性組成物亦能夠設為實質上不包含防污劑之構成。 Moreover, the curable composition for forming an HC layer can also be configured to contain substantially no antifouling agent.

(v)溶劑 (v) solvent

HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含溶劑亦為較佳。作為溶劑,有機溶劑為較佳,能夠使用有機溶劑的1種或者以任意的比例混合使用2種以上。作為有機溶劑的具體例,例如可以舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、正丁醇、異丁醇等醇類;丙酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲基乙基酮、環己酮等酮類;乙基溶纖劑等溶纖劑類;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族類;丙二醇單甲醚等二醇醚類;乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等乙酸酯類;二丙酮醇等。在該等之中,環己酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮及乙酸甲酯為較佳,以任意的比例混合使用環己酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮及乙酸甲酯為更佳。藉由設為該種構成,可得到耐擦性、沖壓性及密接性更優異之防反射積層體。 It is also preferred that the curable composition for forming a HC layer contains a solvent. The organic solvent is preferably used as the solvent, and one type of the organic solvent or two or more types may be used in combination at any ratio. Specific examples of the organic solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, n-butanol, and isobutanol; and ketones such as acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone. ; cellosolve such as ethyl cellosolve; aromatics such as toluene and xylene; glycol ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether; acetates such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; diacetone alcohol Wait. Among these, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and methyl acetate are preferred, and cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl are mixed in an arbitrary ratio. Ketone and methyl acetate are more preferred. By adopting such a configuration, an antireflection laminate which is more excellent in abrasion resistance, punchability, and adhesion can be obtained.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物中的溶劑量能夠在能夠確保上述組成物的塗佈適性之範圍適當調整。例如,相對於聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑的合計量100質量份,能夠將溶劑設為50~500質量份,較佳為能夠設為80~200質量份。 The amount of the solvent in the curable composition for forming a HC layer can be appropriately adjusted in a range in which the coating suitability of the above composition can be ensured. For example, the solvent can be used in an amount of 50 to 500 parts by mass, and preferably 80 to 200 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymerizable compound and the photopolymerization initiator.

又,HC形成用硬化性組成物的固體成分係10~90質量%為較佳,50~80質量%為更佳,65~75質量%為特佳。 Further, the solid content of the curable composition for forming HC is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 50 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 65 to 75% by mass.

(vi)其他成分 (vi) other ingredients

HC層形成用硬化性組成物除了上述成分以外,能夠以任意的量包含公知的添加劑的一種以上。作為添加劑,能夠舉出表面調節劑、調平劑、聚合抑制劑、聚輪烷等。關於該等的詳細內容,例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-229412號公報的0032~0034段。又,亦能夠包含市售的防污劑或能夠利用公知的方法製備之防污劑。但是,添加劑並不限於該等,能夠使用HC層形成用硬化性組成物中一般能夠添加之各種添加劑。 In addition to the above components, the curable composition for forming a layer of HC may contain one or more kinds of known additives in an arbitrary amount. As an additive, a surface conditioner, a leveling agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a polyrotaxane, etc. are mentioned. For the details of the above, for example, paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of JP-A-2012-229412 can be referred to. Further, it is also possible to include a commercially available antifouling agent or an antifouling agent which can be prepared by a known method. However, the additive is not limited to these, and various additives which can be generally added to the curable composition for forming an HC layer can be used.

HC層形成用硬化性組成物能夠藉由同時或以任意的順序依次混合以上記載之各種成分而製備。製備方法並沒有特別限定,製備中能夠使用公知的攪拌機等。 The curable composition for forming a HC layer can be prepared by sequentially mixing the various components described above at the same time or in an arbitrary order. The preparation method is not particularly limited, and a known mixer or the like can be used in the preparation.

2)2層以上的積層結構 2) Two or more layers of laminated structure

本發明的防反射積層體係圖1中之HC層2A從樹脂膜1A側依次至少具有第1HC層及第2HC層之態樣亦為較佳。 In the anti-reflection layering system of the present invention, it is preferable that the HC layer 2A in Fig. 1 has at least the first HC layer and the second HC layer in this order from the resin film 1A side.

在樹脂膜1A的表面可以置有第1HC層,亦可以在其之間具有其他層。同樣地,在第1HC層的表面可以置有第2HC層,亦可以在其之間具有其他層。從提高第1HC層與第2HC層的密接性之觀點而言,在第1HC層的表面置有第2HC層、亦即兩層在膜面的至少一部分接觸為較佳。 The first HC layer may be placed on the surface of the resin film 1A, or another layer may be provided therebetween. Similarly, the second HC layer may be placed on the surface of the first HC layer, or another layer may be provided between the first HC layers. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the first HC layer and the second HC layer, it is preferable that the second HC layer is provided on the surface of the first HC layer, that is, the two layers are in contact with at least a part of the film surface.

又,第1HC層及第2HC層分別可以為1層,亦可以為2層以上,但1層為較佳。 Further, the first HC layer and the second HC layer may be one layer or two or more layers, but one layer is preferable.

另外,如詳細內容後述,當將本發明的防反射積層體用於觸摸面板時,以上述第2HC層成為圖像顯示元件的前表面側之方式配置防反射積層體為較佳,但為了使防反射積層體表面的耐擦性、沖壓性變優異,上述第2HC層配置於防反射積層體的表面側、尤其最表面為較佳。 In addition, as described later in detail, when the antireflection layered body of the present invention is used for a touch panel, it is preferable to dispose the antireflection layered body such that the second HC layer is on the front surface side of the image display element. The surface of the anti-reflection laminate is excellent in abrasion resistance and punchability, and the second HC layer is preferably disposed on the surface side, particularly the outermost surface of the anti-reflection laminate.

<第1HC層、第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物> <The first HC layer and the first HC layer-forming curable composition>

本發明中所使用之第1HC層由第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物形成。 The first HC layer used in the present invention is formed of a curable composition for forming a first HC layer.

第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物含有具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物1和在同一分子內具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基且與聚合性化合物1不同之聚合性化合物2,第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物中所包含之聚合性化合物中,聚合性化合物2的含量為51質量%以上。 The curable composition for forming a first HC layer contains a polymerizable compound 1 having a radical polymerizable group, and a polymerizable compound 2 having a cationically polymerizable group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule and different from the polymerizable compound 1 . In the polymerizable compound contained in the curable composition for forming a first HC layer, the content of the polymerizable compound 2 is 51% by mass or more.

(聚合性化合物) (polymerizable compound)

作為聚合性化合物1,可以較佳地適用前述自由基聚合性化合物的記載,作為聚合性化合物2,可以較佳地適用前述陽離子聚合性化合物中之a)成分的記載。 As the polymerizable compound 1, the description of the above-mentioned radical polymerizable compound can be preferably applied, and as the polymerizable compound 2, the description of the component a) of the above cationically polymerizable compound can be preferably applied.

又,第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物亦可以具有與聚合性化合物1和聚合性化合物2均不同之其他聚合性化合物。 In addition, the curable composition for forming the first HC layer may have another polymerizable compound different from the polymerizable compound 1 and the polymerizable compound 2.

上述其他聚合性化合物係具有陽離子聚合性基之聚合性化合物為較佳。作為上述陽離子聚合性基,其含義與在聚合性化合物2中敘述之陽離子聚合性基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。尤其,在本發明中,作為其他聚合性化合物,係包含陽離子聚合性基之含有含氮雜環之化合物為較佳。藉由使用該種化合物,能夠更有效地提高樹脂膜與第1HC層的密接性。作為含氮雜環,可以例示出選自包括異氰脲酸酯環(後述的例示化合物B-1~B-3中所包含之含氮雜環)及甘脲環(後述的例示化合物B-10中所包含之含氮雜環)之組群中之含氮雜環,異氰脲酸酯環為更佳。其他聚合性化合物所具有之陽離子性基的數量係1~10為較佳,2~5為更佳。又,當使用具有陽離子聚合性基和含氮雜環結構之聚合性化合物作為其他聚合性化合物時,樹脂膜係包括丙烯酸系樹脂膜之樹脂膜為較佳。藉由設為該種構成,有樹脂膜與第1HC層的密接性進一步提高之傾向。 The above other polymerizable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound having a cationically polymerizable group. The cationically polymerizable group has the same meaning as the cationically polymerizable group described in the polymerizable compound 2, and the preferred range is also the same. In particular, in the present invention, as the other polymerizable compound, a compound containing a nitrogen-containing hetero ring containing a cationically polymerizable group is preferred. By using such a compound, the adhesion between the resin film and the first HC layer can be more effectively improved. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may be selected from the group consisting of an isocyanurate ring (a nitrogen-containing hetero ring included in the exemplified compounds B-1 to B-3 described later) and a glycoluril ring (exemplified compound B-10 described later). The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring and the isocyanurate ring in the group containing the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring are more preferable. The number of the cationic groups of the other polymerizable compound is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 5. In addition, when a polymerizable compound having a cationically polymerizable group and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring structure is used as the other polymerizable compound, the resin film is preferably a resin film including an acrylic resin film. With such a configuration, the adhesion between the resin film and the first HC layer tends to be further improved.

作為其他聚合性化合物的具體例,可以舉出前述例示化合物B-1~B-14,但本發明並不限定於前述具體例。 Specific examples of the other polymerizable compound include the above-exemplified compounds B-1 to B-14, but the present invention is not limited to the above specific examples.

(其他) (other)

此外,能夠較佳地適用前述聚合起始劑、無機粒子、消光粒子、紫外 線吸收劑、含氟化合物、溶劑及其他成分的記載。 Further, the description of the polymerization initiator, inorganic particles, matting particles, ultraviolet absorber, fluorine-containing compound, solvent, and other components can be preferably applied.

尤其,第1HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含溶劑為較佳,第2HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含防污劑為較佳。 In particular, the curable composition for forming the first HC layer preferably contains a solvent, and the curable composition for forming the second HC layer preferably contains an antifouling agent.

(HC層的厚度) (thickness of HC layer)

HC層的厚度係10~40μm為較佳,15~40μm為更佳,20~35μm為進一步較佳。 The thickness of the HC layer is preferably 10 to 40 μm, more preferably 15 to 40 μm, and further preferably 20 to 35 μm.

-HC層的形成方法- -Formation of HC layer -

藉由將HC層形成用硬化性組成物直接或者經由易黏接層等其他層塗佈於樹脂膜上並照射活性能量射線,能夠形成HC層。塗佈能夠利用浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、輥塗法、模塗法、繞線棒塗佈法、凹版法等公知的塗佈方法來進行。另外,HC層亦能夠藉由同時或依次塗佈兩種以上不同組成的組成物而形成為兩層以上(例如兩層~五層左右)的積層結構的HC層。 The HC layer can be formed by applying a curable composition for forming an HC layer directly or via another layer such as an easy-adhesion layer to a resin film and irradiating an active energy ray. The coating can be carried out by a known coating method such as a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a roll coating method, a die coating method, a wire bar coating method, or a gravure method. Further, the HC layer can also be formed into a HC layer having a laminated structure of two or more layers (for example, two to five layers) by simultaneously or sequentially applying a composition of two or more different compositions.

藉由對經塗佈之HC層形成用硬化性組成物進行活性能量射線照射,能夠形成HC層。例如,當HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含自由基聚合性化合物、陽離子聚合性化合物、自由基光聚合起始劑及陽離子光聚合起始劑時,能夠分別藉由自由基光聚合起始劑、陽離子光聚合起始劑的作用而引發並進行自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物的聚合反應。照射光的波長可以根據所使用之聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑的種類決定即可。作為用於光照射之光源,能夠舉出發出150~450nm波長頻帶的光之高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、碳弧燈、金屬鹵化物燈、疝氣燈、化學燈、無電極放電燈、LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)等。又,光照射 量通常在30~3000mJ/cm2的範圍,較佳為在100~1500mJ/cm2的範圍。在光照射之前及之後中的一者或兩者,根據需要可以進行乾燥處理。乾燥處理能夠藉由暖風的噴吹、在加熱炉內之配置、在加熱炉內之輸送等來進行。當HC層形成用硬化性組成物包含溶劑時,加熱溫度設定為能夠乾燥去除溶劑之溫度即可,並沒有特別限定。在此,加熱溫度係指暖風的溫度或加熱炉內的環境溫度。 The HC layer can be formed by subjecting the applied curable composition for forming a HC layer to active energy ray irradiation. For example, when the curable composition for forming an HC layer contains a radical polymerizable compound, a cationically polymerizable compound, a radical photopolymerization initiator, and a cationic photopolymerization initiator, each of the radical photopolymerization initiators can be used. The polymerization reaction of the radically polymerizable compound and the cationically polymerizable compound is initiated by the action of a cationic photopolymerization initiator. The wavelength of the irradiation light may be determined depending on the type of the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator to be used. Examples of the light source for light irradiation include a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, a chemical lamp, an electrodeless discharge lamp, and an LED (Light) that emit light in a wavelength band of 150 to 450 nm. Emitting Diode: Light Emitting Diode). Further, the amount of light irradiation is usually in the range of 30 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , preferably in the range of 100 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 . One or both of before and after the light irradiation may be subjected to a drying treatment as needed. The drying treatment can be carried out by blowing of warm air, disposition in a heating furnace, transportation in a heating furnace, or the like. When the curable composition for forming the HC layer contains a solvent, the heating temperature is set to a temperature at which the solvent can be removed by drying, and is not particularly limited. Here, the heating temperature means the temperature of the warm air or the ambient temperature in the heating furnace.

(3)無機氧化物層(AR層) (3) Inorganic oxide layer (AR layer)

本發明的防反射積層體中之AR層係具有作為防反射層之功能之層,例如能夠利用濺射法、反應性濺射法、蒸鍍法、離子鍍敷法、化學蒸鍍(CVD)法等乾式塗佈方法來形成。使用由於膜厚均勻性高,針孔等缺陷少而能夠形成可見性優異、緻密、耐擦傷性等機械特性優異之薄膜之濺射法為較佳。其中,由於能夠以更高的成膜速度和更高的放電穩定性來實現高生產率,因此藉由中頻區域的電壓施加來進行成膜之雙重磁控濺射(DMS)法為最佳。 The AR layer in the antireflection laminate of the present invention has a function as an antireflection layer, and can be, for example, a sputtering method, a reactive sputtering method, a vapor deposition method, an ion plating method, or a chemical vapor deposition (CVD). A dry coating method such as a method is formed. It is preferable to use a sputtering method in which a film having a high uniformity in film thickness and a small number of defects such as pinholes can form a film having excellent visibility and excellent mechanical properties such as compactness and scratch resistance. Among them, since high productivity can be achieved with higher film formation speed and higher discharge stability, a double magnetron sputtering (DMS) method in which film formation is performed by voltage application in an intermediate frequency region is preferable.

另外,當採用濺射法時,積層AR層時的壓力係0.1~0.6Pa為較佳。其原因在於能夠得到充分的濺射率及膜密度。 Further, when the sputtering method is employed, the pressure at the time of laminating the AR layer is preferably 0.1 to 0.6 Pa. The reason for this is that a sufficient sputtering rate and film density can be obtained.

AR層可以為高折射率層及低折射率層中的任意一個,又,可以為單層,亦可以為多層。 The AR layer may be any one of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and may be a single layer or a plurality of layers.

當AR層為多層時,AR層係交替積層高折射率層及低折射率層而得到之層為較佳,AR層的最外層(亦即,相對於HC層配置於最相反側之層)係低折射率層為較佳。其中,AR層係交替積層高折射率層及低折射率層而得到之4層以上的積層體,且AR層的最外層係低折射率層為較佳,AR層 的最內層(亦即,相對於HC層配置於最近的一側之層)係高折射率層為更佳。 When the AR layer is a plurality of layers, the AR layer is preferably formed by alternately laminating a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and the outermost layer of the AR layer (that is, the layer disposed on the opposite side with respect to the HC layer) A low refractive index layer is preferred. Wherein, the AR layer is a laminate of four or more layers obtained by alternately laminating a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer, and the outermost layer of the AR layer is preferably a low refractive index layer, and the innermost layer of the AR layer (ie, It is more preferable that the high refractive index layer is a layer disposed on the nearest side with respect to the HC layer.

作為構成高折射率層之材料,可以舉出銦、錫、鈦、鋅、鋯、鈮、鎂、鉍、鈰、鉭、鋁、鍺、鉀、銻、釹、鑭、釷及鉿等金屬、及包含該等金屬的2種以上之合金、以及該等的氧化物、氟化物、硫化物及氮化物等。具體而言,可以舉出氧化鈦、氧化鈮、氧化鋯、氧化鉭、氧化鋅、氧化銦及氧化鈰等,但並不限定於此。又,當積層複數個時,無需一定要選擇相同材料,根據目的適當選擇即可。其中,當使用濺射法時,從製作之薄膜的針孔少的角度來看,氧化鈮為合適。 Examples of the material constituting the high refractive index layer include metals such as indium, tin, titanium, zinc, zirconium, hafnium, magnesium, lanthanum, cerium, lanthanum, aluminum, lanthanum, potassium, lanthanum, cerium, lanthanum, cerium, and lanthanum. And two or more alloys containing the metals, and oxides, fluorides, sulfides, nitrides, and the like. Specific examples thereof include titanium oxide, cerium oxide, zirconium oxide, cerium oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and antimony oxide. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, when a plurality of layers are laminated, it is not necessary to select the same material, and it may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Among them, when a sputtering method is used, cerium oxide is suitable from the viewpoint of a small number of pinholes of the produced film.

作為構成低折射率層之材料,可以舉出氧化矽、氟化鎂、氟化鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鉿及氟化鑭等材料,但並不限定於該等。又,當積層複數個時,未必一定需要選擇相同之材料,根據目的適當選擇即可。尤其,從光學特性、機械強度、成本及成膜適性的方面等而言,氧化矽係最佳的材料。另外,在此所說之氧化矽(SiOx)主要表示二氧化矽(SiO2)。但是,藉由氧的缺乏和/或增加,SiOx的x在1.8~2.2的範圍變化。 Examples of the material constituting the low refractive index layer include materials such as cerium oxide, magnesium fluoride, barium fluoride, calcium fluoride, barium fluoride, and barium fluoride, but are not limited thereto. Further, when a plurality of layers are laminated, it is not always necessary to select the same material, and it may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. In particular, yttrium oxide is the best material in terms of optical properties, mechanical strength, cost, and film formability. Further, cerium oxide (SiO x ) as used herein mainly means cerium oxide (SiO 2 ). However, the x of SiO x varies from 1.8 to 2.2 due to the lack and/or increase of oxygen.

AR層的總厚係100~300nm為較佳。從得到充分的反射性能之觀點而言,上述下限值以上為較佳,從生產率的觀點而言,上述上限值以下為較佳。 The total thickness of the AR layer is preferably from 100 to 300 nm. From the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient reflection performance, the above lower limit value is preferably at least the above, and from the viewpoint of productivity, the above upper limit value is preferably at most.

(4)其他層 (4) Other layers

本發明的防反射積層體除了上述樹脂膜、HC層及AR層以外,根據需要可以設置防污層及黏結層等其他層。 In addition to the resin film, the HC layer, and the AR layer, the antireflection laminate of the present invention may be provided with other layers such as an antifouling layer and a binder layer as needed.

在該情況下,防反射積層體的剛性及努氏硬度係指由樹脂膜、HC層及 AR層構成之積層體的剛性及努氏硬度。 In this case, the rigidity and Knoop hardness of the antireflection layered body mean the rigidity and Knoop hardness of the layered body composed of the resin film, the HC layer, and the AR layer.

(防污層) (anti-fouling layer)

本發明的防反射積層體可以在AR層的最外層設置有防污層。防污層係藉由真空蒸鍍法而成膜之包含氟化合物之層為較佳,使用具有2個以上與反應性官能基鍵結之矽原子之含有氟之矽化合物而構成之層為更佳。在此,反應性官能基係指能夠與AR層的最外層進行反應而鍵結之基團。又,使用具有反應性官能基之含有氟之矽化合物,藉由該反應性官能基彼此反應而形成防污層亦為較佳。 The antireflection laminate of the present invention may be provided with an antifouling layer on the outermost layer of the AR layer. The antifouling layer is preferably a layer containing a fluorine compound formed by a vacuum deposition method, and a layer comprising a fluorine-containing ruthenium compound having two or more ruthenium atoms bonded to a reactive functional group is further used. good. Here, the reactive functional group means a group which can be bonded to the outermost layer of the AR layer to be bonded. Further, it is also preferred to use a fluorine-containing ruthenium compound having a reactive functional group to form an antifouling layer by reacting the reactive functional groups with each other.

藉由設置防污層,表面上難以附著污染物,進而能夠提高附著有污染物時之擦拭性能。在此,防污層的成膜方法並沒有特別限定,但基於真空蒸鍍法之成膜方法為較佳。依該方法,即使在連續成膜之情況下,亦能夠膜厚的均勻性良好地進行成膜。 By providing the antifouling layer, it is difficult to adhere to the surface on the surface, and the wiping performance when the contaminant is adhered can be improved. Here, the film formation method of the antifouling layer is not particularly limited, but a film formation method by a vacuum deposition method is preferable. According to this method, even in the case of continuous film formation, film formation can be performed with good uniformity of film thickness.

此時,為了具有充分的防污性能,至少水滴接觸角係100°以上為較佳。藉此,能夠提高表面的污染物的擦拭性。進而,摩擦係數亦降低,因此還能夠進一步提高耐擦傷性能。又,從耐傷性的觀點而言,防污層在使用鋼絲絨# 0000在溫度25℃、相對濕度55%的環境下以載荷1.5kg/cm2往復摩擦10次亦不會產生劃傷為特佳。 At this time, in order to have sufficient antifouling performance, it is preferred that at least the water droplet contact angle is 100 or more. Thereby, the wiping property of the contaminants on the surface can be improved. Further, since the friction coefficient is also lowered, the scratch resistance can be further improved. Further, from the viewpoint of the scratch resistance, the antifouling layer is rubbed and rubbed for 10 times at a load of 1.5 kg/cm 2 in an environment of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 55% using steel wool # 0000, and scratching is not caused. good.

(黏結層) (bonded layer)

又,本發明中所使用之樹脂膜可以在與具有HC層之面相反一側的面具有黏結層。作為具有黏結層之光學膜的一態樣,如圖2所示,可以舉出具有依次積層有黏結層5A、樹脂膜1A、HC層2A、AR層3A之構成之本發明的光學膜4B。 Further, the resin film used in the present invention may have a bonding layer on the surface opposite to the surface having the HC layer. As an aspect of the optical film having a bonding layer, as shown in FIG. 2, an optical film 4B of the present invention having a structure in which a bonding layer 5A, a resin film 1A, an HC layer 2A, and an AR layer 3A are laminated in this order is exemplified.

上述黏結層的材質並沒有特別限定,可以為黏結劑,亦可以為黏接劑,例如可以舉出丙烯酸系黏結劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏結劑、合成橡膠系黏結劑、天然橡膠系黏結劑及矽系黏結劑,丙烯酸系黏結劑為較佳。其中,從生產率的觀點而言,含有電離輻射線硬化基且具有電離輻射線硬化性為較佳。 The material of the above-mentioned adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be a binder or an adhesive, and examples thereof include an acrylic adhesive, an urethane-based adhesive, a synthetic rubber-based adhesive, and a natural rubber-based adhesive. The agent and the lanthanum binder, and the acrylic binder are preferred. Among them, from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferred to contain an ionizing radiation hardening group and to have ionizing radiation hardenability.

黏結層的厚度係100μm以下為較佳,50μm以下為更佳,15μm以下為進一步較佳。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, and further preferably 15 μm or less.

以下,作為具體態樣,對包含丙烯酸系黏結劑之黏結層進行說明,但本發明並不限定於下述具體態樣。 Hereinafter, a bonding layer containing an acrylic binder will be described as a specific aspect, but the present invention is not limited to the following specific aspects.

(黏結層的具體態樣) (specific aspect of the bonding layer)

作為丙烯酸系黏結劑的一例,能夠舉出至少包含重量平均分子量為50萬~300萬的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物A、或者包含上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物A與重量平均分子量為8000~30萬的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物B交聯而得到之成分之丙烯酸系黏結劑。在(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物A和(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物B中,藉由增加重量平均分子量更小的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物B所佔之比例,能夠提高黏結層的應力鬆弛率,藉由減小其比例,能夠減小黏結層的應力鬆弛率。在上述成分中,將(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物A設為100質量份時,(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物B所佔之比例在5~50質量份的範圍為較佳,在10~30質量份的範圍為更佳。 Examples of the acrylic binder include at least a (meth) acrylate polymer A having a weight average molecular weight of 500,000 to 3,000,000, or a (meth) acrylate polymer A and a weight average molecular weight of An acrylic binder having a composition obtained by crosslinking 8,000 to 300,000 (meth) acrylate polymer B. In the (meth) acrylate polymer A and the (meth) acrylate polymer B, the binder layer can be increased by increasing the proportion of the (meth) acrylate polymer B having a smaller weight average molecular weight. The stress relaxation rate can reduce the stress relaxation rate of the bonding layer by reducing the ratio. In the above component, when the (meth) acrylate polymer A is 100 parts by mass, the proportion of the (meth) acrylate polymer B is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 10 parts by weight. The range of 30 parts by mass is more preferable.

關於上述成分中所包含之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物A及(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物B的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-214545號公報的0020~0046段。另外,關於使該等交聯之交聯劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-214545號公報的0049~0058段。 The details of the (meth) acrylate polymer A and the (meth) acrylate polymer B contained in the above-mentioned components can be referred to in paragraphs 0020 to 0046 of JP-A-2012-214545. In addition, the details of the cross-linking agent can be referred to paragraphs 0049 to 0,058 of JP-A-2012-214545.

上述丙烯酸系黏結劑能夠包含矽烷偶合劑,包含為較佳。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-214545號公報的0059~0061段。另外,關於上述丙烯酸系黏結劑的製備方法及能夠任意包含之添加劑或溶劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-214545號公報的0062~0071段。 The acrylic binder may contain a decane coupling agent, and is preferably contained. For the details of the decane coupling agent, reference can be made to paragraphs 0059 to 0061 of JP-A-2012-214545. Further, the details of the method for preparing the acrylic binder and the additives or solvents which can be arbitrarily included can be referred to paragraphs 0062 to 0071 of JP-A-2012-214545.

在一態樣中,就上述丙烯酸系黏結劑而言,將該黏結劑塗佈於實施了剝離處理之剝離片的剝離處理面並進行乾燥而形成黏結層,能夠形成包含黏結層之黏結片。藉由將該黏結片的黏結層貼合於上述樹脂膜,能夠形成具有黏結層之防反射積層體。 In one aspect, the acrylic adhesive is applied to a release-treated surface of a release sheet subjected to release treatment and dried to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed. By bonding the adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the resin film, an antireflection laminate having a bonding layer can be formed.

(5)具有防反射積層體之物品 (5) Articles having an anti-reflection laminate

作為包含本發明的防反射積層體之物品,能夠舉出在以家電業界、電氣電子業界、汽車業界、住宅業界為代表之各種各樣的產業界中,要求具有防反射功能、抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印以及提高耐擦性之各種物品。作為具體例,能夠舉出筆記本式PC、觸摸感測器、觸摸面板、液晶顯示裝置等的圖像顯示裝置、汽車的窗玻璃、住宅的窗玻璃等。藉由對該等物品較佳為設置本發明的防反射積層體作為防反射膜,能夠提供具有防反射功能、可充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印、顯出優異之耐擦性之物品。本發明的防反射積層體較佳地用作在圖像顯示裝置用的前面板中所使用之防反射積層體,更佳為用作筆記本式PC的圖像顯示元件的前面板及觸摸面板的圖像顯示元件的前面板中所使用之防反射積層體,進一步較佳為用作在筆記本式PC的圖像顯示元件的前面板中所使用之防反射積層體。 As an article including the anti-reflection laminate of the present invention, it is required to have an anti-reflection function and a load suppression in various industries including the home appliance industry, the electric and electronic industry, the automobile industry, and the residential industry. Keyboard transfer and various items that improve rub resistance. As a specific example, an image display device such as a notebook PC, a touch sensor, a touch panel, or a liquid crystal display device, a window glass of an automobile, a window glass of a house, or the like can be given. By providing the antireflection laminate of the present invention as an antireflection film for the articles, it is possible to provide an article having an antireflection function, sufficiently suppressing the transfer of the keyboard accompanying the load, and exhibiting excellent rub resistance. The antireflection laminate of the present invention is preferably used as an antireflection laminate used in a front panel for an image display device, and more preferably used as a front panel and a touch panel of an image display element of a notebook PC. The antireflection laminate used in the front panel of the image display element is further preferably used as an antireflection laminate used in the front panel of the image display element of the notebook PC.

能夠使用本發明的防反射積層體之筆記本式PC並沒有特別限制,根據 目的能夠適當選擇。 The notebook PC capable of using the antireflection laminate of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.

能夠使用本發明的防反射積層體之觸摸面板並沒有特別限制,根據目的能夠適當選擇,例如可以舉出表面型靜電電容式觸摸面板、投影型靜電電容式觸摸面板、電阻膜式觸摸面板等。關於詳細內容,將在後面進行敘述。 The touch panel to which the anti-reflection laminate of the present invention can be used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and examples thereof include a surface-type capacitive touch panel, a projection type capacitive touch panel, and a resistive touch panel. The details will be described later.

另外,觸摸面板係包括所謂的觸摸感測器。觸摸面板中之觸摸面板感測器電極部的層構成可以為貼合2張透明電極之貼合方式、在1張基板的兩面具備透明電極之方式、單面跨接(jumper)或通孔(through hole)方式或單面積層方式中的任意一種。 In addition, the touch panel includes a so-called touch sensor. The layer structure of the touch panel sensor electrode portion in the touch panel may be a bonding method in which two transparent electrodes are bonded, a transparent electrode on both sides of one substrate, a single-sided jumper or a through hole ( Any of a through hole method or a single area layer method.

<<圖像顯示裝置>> <<Image display device>>

具有本發明的防反射積層體之圖像顯示裝置係具備具有本發明的防反射積層體之前面板和圖像顯示元件之圖像顯示裝置。 An image display device including the antireflection laminate of the present invention includes an image display device having a front panel and an image display element of the antireflection laminate of the present invention.

作為圖像顯示裝置,能夠用於如液晶顯示裝置(Liquid Crystal Display;LCD)、電漿顯示器面板、電致發光顯示器、陰極管顯示裝置及觸摸面板那樣的圖像顯示裝置。 The image display device can be used for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma display panel, an electroluminescence display, a cathode tube display device, and a touch panel.

作為液晶顯示裝置,可以舉出TN(Twisted Nematic:扭曲向列)型、STN(Super-Twisted Nematic:超扭曲向列)型、TSTN(Triple Super Twisted Nematic:三倍超扭曲向列)型、多域(Multi-domain)型、VA(Vertical Alignment:垂直配向)型、IPS(In Plane Switching:面內切換)型、OCB(Optically Compensated Bend:光學補償彎曲)型等。 Examples of the liquid crystal display device include a TN (Twisted Nematic) type, an STN (Super-Twisted Nematic) type, and a TSTN (Triple Super Twisted Nematic) type. Multi-domain type, VA (Vertical Alignment) type, IPS (In Plane Switching) type, OCB (Optically Compensated Bend) type.

圖像顯示裝置係脆性得到改良、操作性優異、不會損害表面平滑性或由褶皺而損害顯示品質且能夠減少濕熱試驗時的漏光為較佳。 The image display device is improved in brittleness, excellent in workability, and which does not impair the smoothness of the surface or damage the display quality by wrinkles, and can reduce light leakage during the damp heat test.

亦即,具有本發明的防反射積層體之圖像顯示裝置中,圖像顯示元件係液晶顯示元件為較佳。作為具有液晶顯示元件之圖像顯示裝置,能夠舉出Sony Ericsson公司製造之Xperia P等。 In other words, in the image display device having the antireflection laminate of the present invention, the image display element is preferably a liquid crystal display device. Examples of the image display device having a liquid crystal display device include Xperia P manufactured by Sony Ericsson Co., Ltd., and the like.

具有本發明的防反射積層體之圖像顯示裝置中,圖像顯示元件係有機電致發光(Electroluminescence;EL)顯示元件亦為較佳。 In the image display device having the antireflection laminate of the present invention, an image display device is preferably an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device.

有機電致發光顯示元件能夠無任何限制地適用公知技術。作為具有有機電致發光顯示元件之圖像顯示裝置,能夠舉出SAMSUNG公司製造之GALAXY SII等。 The organic electroluminescent display element can be applied to known techniques without any limitation. Examples of the image display device having an organic electroluminescence display element include GALAXY SII manufactured by SAMSUNG Co., Ltd., and the like.

具有本發明的防反射積層體之圖像顯示裝置中,圖像顯示元件係內嵌型(In-Cell)觸摸面板顯示元件亦為較佳。內嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件係指將觸摸面板功能內置於圖像顯示元件單元內者。 In the image display device having the antireflection laminate of the present invention, an image display element is also preferably an In-Cell touch panel display element. The in-line type touch panel display element refers to a person who built the touch panel function into the image display element unit.

內嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件例如能夠無任何限制地適用日本特開2011-76602號公報、日本特開2011-222009號公報等的公知技術。作為具有內嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件之圖像顯示裝置,能夠舉出Sony Ericsson公司製造之Xperia P等。 The intrinsic touch panel display element can be applied, for example, to a known technique such as Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-76602, and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-222009. Examples of the image display device having an in-cell type touch panel display element include Xperia P manufactured by Sony Ericsson Co., Ltd., and the like.

又,具有本發明的防反射積層體之圖像顯示裝置中,圖像顯示元件係外嵌型(On-Cell)觸摸面板顯示元件亦為較佳。外嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件係指將觸摸面板功能配置於圖像顯示元件單元外者。 Further, in the image display device having the antireflection laminate of the present invention, the image display device is also preferably an on-cell touch panel display device. The external touch panel display element refers to a person who arranges the touch panel function outside the image display element unit.

外嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件例如能夠無任何限制地適用日本特開2012-88683號公報等的公知技術。作為具有外嵌型觸摸面板顯示元件之圖像顯示裝置,能夠舉出SAMSUNG公司製造之GALAXY SII等。 For example, a known technique such as Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-88683 can be applied without any limitation. As an image display device having an external touch panel display element, GALAXY SII manufactured by SAMSUNG Co., Ltd., or the like can be given.

<<觸摸面板>> <<Touch panel>>

具有本發明的防反射積層體之觸摸面板係在本發明的防反射積層體上貼合觸摸感測器薄膜而包含觸摸感測器之觸摸面板。由於本發明的防反射積層體具有HC層,因此在與配置有HC層之面相反一側的樹脂膜面貼合觸摸感測器薄膜為較佳。 A touch panel having the antireflection laminate of the present invention is a touch panel including a touch sensor, in which a touch sensor film is bonded to the antireflection laminate of the present invention. Since the antireflection laminate of the present invention has the HC layer, it is preferable to bond the touch sensor film to the resin film surface on the opposite side to the surface on which the HC layer is disposed.

作為觸摸感測器薄膜並沒有特別限制,但形成有導電層之導電性薄膜為較佳。 The touch sensor film is not particularly limited, but a conductive film in which a conductive layer is formed is preferable.

導電性薄膜係在任意的支撐體上形成有導電層之導電性薄膜為較佳。 The conductive film is preferably a conductive film in which a conductive layer is formed on any of the supports.

作為導電層的材料並沒有特別限制,例如可以舉出銦‧錫複合氧化物(Indium Tin Oxide;ITO)、錫氧化物及錫‧鈦複合氧化物(Antimony Tin Oxide;ATO)、銅、銀、鋁、鎳、鉻或該等的合金等。 The material of the conductive layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include indium tin oxide (ITO), tin oxide, tin oxide, antimony tin oxide (ATO), copper, silver, and Aluminum, nickel, chromium or these alloys.

導電層係電極圖案為較佳。又,透明電極圖案亦為較佳。電極圖案可以為對透明導電材料層進行圖案化而得到者,亦可以為對不透明的導電材料的層形成圖案而得到者。 A conductive layer electrode pattern is preferred. Further, a transparent electrode pattern is also preferable. The electrode pattern may be obtained by patterning a transparent conductive material layer, or may be obtained by patterning a layer of an opaque conductive material.

作為透明導電材料,能夠使用ITO或ATO等氧化物、銀奈米線、碳奈米管、導電性高分子等。 As the transparent conductive material, an oxide such as ITO or ATO, a silver nanowire, a carbon nanotube, or a conductive polymer can be used.

作為不透明的導電材料的層,例如可以舉出金屬層。作為金屬層,只要係具有導電性之金屬,則能夠使用,適宜使用銀、銅、金、鋁等。金屬層可以為單體的金屬或合金,亦可以為利用黏合材料將金屬粒子黏合而得到者。又,根據需要,對金屬表面適用黑化處理或防銹處理。當使用金屬時,能夠一次性形成實質上透明的感測器部和周邊的配線部。 As a layer of an opaque conductive material, a metal layer is mentioned, for example. As the metal layer, any metal having conductivity can be used, and silver, copper, gold, aluminum, or the like is suitably used. The metal layer may be a single metal or alloy, or may be obtained by bonding metal particles with a bonding material. Further, blackening treatment or rust prevention treatment is applied to the metal surface as needed. When metal is used, the substantially transparent sensor portion and the peripheral wiring portion can be formed at one time.

導電層包含複數個金屬細線為較佳。 It is preferred that the conductive layer comprises a plurality of metal thin wires.

金屬細線由銀或包含銀之合金形成為較佳。作為金屬細線由銀或包含 銀之合金形成之導電層並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的導電層。例如,使用日本特開2014-168886號公報的0040~0041段中所記載之導電層為較佳,該公報的內容被引入本說明書中。 The fine metal wires are preferably formed of silver or an alloy containing silver. The conductive layer formed of silver or an alloy containing silver as the metal thin wire is not particularly limited, and a known conductive layer can be used. For example, a conductive layer described in paragraphs 0040 to 0041 of JP-A-2014-168886 is preferably used, and the contents of the publication are incorporated herein by reference.

金屬細線由銅或包含銅之合金形成亦為較佳。上述合金並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的導電層。例如,使用日本特開2015-49852號公報的0038~0059段中所記載之導電層為較佳,該公報的內容被引入本說明書中。 It is also preferred that the metal thin wires are formed of copper or an alloy containing copper. The above alloy is not particularly limited, and a known conductive layer can be used. For example, it is preferable to use a conductive layer described in paragraphs 0038 to 0059 of JP-A-2015-49852, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

導電層由氧化物形成亦為較佳。當導電層由氧化物形成時,氧化物由含有氧化錫之氧化銦或含有銻之氧化錫形成為更佳。作為導電層由氧化物形成之導電層並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的導電層。例如,使用日本特開2010-27293號公報的0017~0037段中所記載之導電層為較佳,該公報的內容被引入本說明書中。 It is also preferred that the conductive layer be formed of an oxide. When the conductive layer is formed of an oxide, the oxide is more preferably formed of indium oxide containing tin oxide or tin oxide containing antimony. The conductive layer formed of the oxide as the conductive layer is not particularly limited, and a known conductive layer can be used. For example, a conductive layer described in paragraphs 0017 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-27293 is preferably used, and the contents of this publication are incorporated herein by reference.

在該等構成的導電層中,導電層包含複數個金屬細線且金屬細線配置成網格狀或隨機狀為較佳,金屬細線配置成網格狀為更佳。其中,金屬細線配置成網格狀且金屬細線由銀或包含銀之合金形成為特佳。 In the conductive layers of the above configuration, the conductive layer includes a plurality of metal thin wires, and the metal thin wires are preferably arranged in a mesh shape or a random shape, and the metal thin wires are preferably arranged in a mesh shape. Among them, the fine metal wires are arranged in a mesh shape and the fine metal wires are formed of silver or an alloy containing silver.

觸摸感測器薄膜在兩面具有導電層亦為較佳。 It is also preferred that the touch sensor film has a conductive layer on both sides.

關於觸摸感測器薄膜的較佳的態樣,在日本特開2012-206307號公報的0016~0042段中有記載,該公報的內容被引入本說明書中。 A preferred aspect of the touch sensor film is described in paragraphs 0016 to 0044 of JP-A-2012-206307, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

<<電阻膜式觸摸面板>> <<Resistive film type touch panel>>

具有本發明的防反射積層體之電阻膜式觸摸面板係具備具有本發明的防反射積層體之前面板之電阻膜式觸摸面板。 A resistive film type touch panel having the antireflection laminate of the present invention includes a resistive touch panel having a front panel of the antireflection laminate of the present invention.

電阻膜式觸摸面板係包括如下基本構成者,亦即,具有導電性膜之上下1對基板的導電性膜彼此以對向之方式經由間隔物配置。另外,電阻膜 式觸摸面板的構成為公知,在本發明中能夠無任何限制地適用公知技術。 The resistive touch panel includes a basic structure in which conductive films having a pair of substrates on the conductive film are disposed opposite to each other via a spacer. Further, the configuration of the resistive touch panel is known, and the known technique can be applied without any limitation in the present invention.

<<靜電電容式觸摸面板>> <<Electrostatic capacitive touch panel>>

具有本發明的防反射積層體之靜電電容式觸摸面板係具備具有本發明的防反射積層體之前面板之靜電電容式觸摸面板。 The capacitive touch panel having the antireflection laminate of the present invention includes a capacitive touch panel having a front panel of the antireflection laminate of the present invention.

作為靜電電容式觸摸面板的方式,可以舉出表面型靜電電容式、投影型靜電電容式等。投影型靜電電容式觸摸面板包括如下基本構成,亦即,X軸電極和與X電極正交之Y軸電極經由絕緣體配置。作為具體態樣,可以舉出X電極及Y電極形成於1張基板上的不同面之態樣;在1張基板上以上述順序形成X電極、絕緣體層、Y電極之態樣;在1張基板上形成X電極,在另一基板上形成Y電極之態樣(在該態樣中,將2張基板貼合而得到之構成成為上述基本構成)等。另外,靜電電容式觸摸面板的構成為公知,在本發明中能夠無任何限制地適用公知技術。 Examples of the form of the capacitive touch panel include a surface type electrostatic capacitance type, a projection type electrostatic capacitance type, and the like. The projection type capacitive touch panel includes a basic configuration in which an X-axis electrode and a Y-axis electrode orthogonal to the X electrode are disposed via an insulator. As a specific aspect, a different surface of the X electrode and the Y electrode formed on one substrate may be used; and an X electrode, an insulator layer, and a Y electrode are formed on the one substrate in the above-described order; The X electrode is formed on the substrate, and the Y electrode is formed on the other substrate (in this aspect, the two substrates are bonded together to form the above-described basic configuration). Further, the configuration of the capacitive touch panel is well known, and the known technique can be applied without any limitation in the present invention.

圖3中示出靜電電容式觸摸面板的實施形態的構成的一例。觸摸面板2與顯示裝置組合而使用。顯示裝置配置於圖3的保護層7B側、亦即顯示裝置側而使用。在圖3中,本發明的防反射積層體4C側為視覺辨認側(亦即,觸摸面板的操作者視覺辨認顯示裝置的圖像之一側)。本發明的防反射積層體4C貼合於觸摸面板用導電膜1而使用。觸摸面板用導電膜1在可撓性的透明絕緣基板5的兩面上分別具有導電構件6A(第1導電層8)及導電構件6B(第2導電層9)。導電構件6A及導電構件6B分別至少構成後述之作為觸摸面板之電極、周邊配線、外部連接端子、連接部。 FIG. 3 shows an example of a configuration of an embodiment of a capacitive touch panel. The touch panel 2 is used in combination with a display device. The display device is disposed on the side of the protective layer 7B of FIG. 3, that is, on the display device side. In Fig. 3, the side of the anti-reflection laminate 4C of the present invention is the visual recognition side (i.e., the operator of the touch panel visually recognizes one side of the image of the display device). The anti-reflection laminate 4C of the present invention is used by being bonded to the conductive film 1 for a touch panel. The conductive film 1 for a touch panel has a conductive member 6A (first conductive layer 8) and a conductive member 6B (second conductive layer 9) on both surfaces of the flexible transparent insulating substrate 5. Each of the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B constitutes an electrode serving as a touch panel, a peripheral wiring, an external connection terminal, and a connection portion, which will be described later.

又,如圖3所示,亦可以以平坦化或保護導電構件6A及6B為目的,以覆蓋導電構件6A及導電構件6B之方式配置有透明的保護層7A及保護 層7B。 Further, as shown in Fig. 3, a transparent protective layer 7A and a protective layer 7B may be disposed to cover the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B for the purpose of planarizing or protecting the conductive members 6A and 6B.

防反射積層體4C中形成有對後述之周邊區域S2進行遮光之裝飾層。 In the anti-reflection laminate 4C, a decorative layer that shields the peripheral region S2 to be described later is formed.

作為透明絕緣基板5的材質,例如能夠使用玻璃、PET(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)、PEN(聚萘二甲酸乙二酯)、COP(環烯烴聚合物)、COC(環烯烴共聚物)、PC(聚碳酸酯)等。又,透明絕緣基板5的厚度係20~200μm為較佳。 As a material of the transparent insulating substrate 5, for example, glass, PET (polyethylene terephthalate), PEN (polyethylene naphthalate), COP (cycloolefin polymer), COC (cycloolefin copolymer) can be used. ), PC (polycarbonate), and the like. Further, the thickness of the transparent insulating substrate 5 is preferably 20 to 200 μm.

在防反射積層體4C與觸摸面板用導電膜1之間可以設置黏結層3,作為黏結層3,能夠使用光學透明黏結片(Optical Clear Adhesive)或光學透明黏結樹脂(Optical Clear Resin)。黏結層3的較佳厚度為10~100μm。作為光學透明黏結片,一般而言,例如能夠較佳地使用3M Company製造之8146系列。黏結層的相對介電常數的較佳值為4.0~6.0,更佳為5.0~6.0。 An adhesive layer 3 may be provided between the anti-reflection laminate 4C and the conductive film 1 for a touch panel, and as the adhesive layer 3, an optically clear adhesive or an optically clear adhesive resin (Optical Clear Resin) may be used. The thickness of the adhesive layer 3 is preferably 10 to 100 μm. As the optically transparent adhesive sheet, generally, for example, the 8146 series manufactured by 3M Company can be preferably used. The relative dielectric constant of the adhesive layer is preferably from 4.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 5.0 to 6.0.

作為保護層7A及保護層7B,例如能夠使用明膠、丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂等有機膜及二氧化矽等無機膜。厚度係10nm以上且100nm以下為較佳。相對介電常數係2.5~4.5為較佳。 As the protective layer 7A and the protective layer 7B, for example, an organic film such as gelatin, an acrylic resin, or a urethane resin, or an inorganic film such as cerium oxide can be used. The thickness is preferably 10 nm or more and 100 nm or less. A relative dielectric constant of 2.5 to 4.5 is preferred.

保護層7A及保護層7B中的鹵素雜質的濃度係50ppm以下為較佳,不含有鹵素雜質為更佳。依該態樣,能夠抑制導電構件6A及導電構件6B的腐蝕。 The concentration of the halogen impurities in the protective layer 7A and the protective layer 7B is preferably 50 ppm or less, and more preferably no halogen impurities. In this manner, corrosion of the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B can be suppressed.

如圖4所示,觸摸面板用導電膜1上區劃有透明的有源區(active area)S1,並且在有源區S1的外側區劃有周邊區域S2。 As shown in FIG. 4, the conductive film 1 for a touch panel is partitioned with a transparent active area S1, and a peripheral area S2 is formed outside the active area S1.

在有源區S1內,以相互重疊之方式配置有形成於透明絕緣基板5的表面(第1面)上之第1導電層8和形成於透明絕緣基板5的背面(第2面) 上之第2導電層9。另外,第1導電層8及第2導電層9經由透明絕緣基板5以相互絕緣之狀態配置。 In the active region S1, the first conductive layer 8 formed on the surface (first surface) of the transparent insulating substrate 5 and the back surface (second surface) formed on the transparent insulating substrate 5 are disposed so as to overlap each other. The second conductive layer 9. Further, the first conductive layer 8 and the second conductive layer 9 are disposed in a state of being insulated from each other via the transparent insulating substrate 5.

藉由透明絕緣基板5的表面上的第1導電層8而形成有分別沿著第1方向D1延伸且沿與第1方向D1正交之第2方向D2並列配置之複數個第1電極11,藉由透明絕緣基板5的背面上的第2導電層9而形成有分別沿著第2方向D2延伸且沿第1方向D1並列配置之複數個第2電極21。 A plurality of first electrodes 11 extending along the first direction D1 and arranged in parallel in the second direction D2 orthogonal to the first direction D1 are formed by the first conductive layer 8 on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5, A plurality of second electrodes 21 extending in the second direction D2 and arranged in parallel along the first direction D1 are formed by the second conductive layer 9 on the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5.

該等複數個第1電極11及複數個第2電極21係構成觸摸面板2的檢測電極者。第1電極11及第2電極21的電極寬度係1~5mm為較佳,電極間間距係3~6mm為較佳。 The plurality of first electrodes 11 and the plurality of second electrodes 21 constitute the detecting electrodes of the touch panel 2. The electrode width of the first electrode 11 and the second electrode 21 is preferably 1 to 5 mm, and the pitch between the electrodes is preferably 3 to 6 mm.

另一方面,在周邊區域S2中之透明絕緣基板5的表面上形成有與複數個第1電極11連接之複數個第1周邊配線12,在透明絕緣基板5的緣部排列形成有複數個第1外部連接端子13,並且在各第1電極11的兩端形成有第1連接部14。在第1連接部14連接有相對應之第1周邊配線12的一端部,第1周邊配線12的另一端部與相對應之第1外部連接端子13連接。 On the other hand, a plurality of first peripheral wirings 12 connected to the plurality of first electrodes 11 are formed on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 in the peripheral region S2, and a plurality of the first insulating wirings 5 are arranged at the edge of the transparent insulating substrate 5. The external connection terminal 13 is externally connected, and the first connection portion 14 is formed at both ends of each of the first electrodes 11. One end portion of the corresponding first peripheral wiring 12 is connected to the first connection portion 14, and the other end portion of the first peripheral wiring 12 is connected to the corresponding first external connection terminal 13.

同樣地,在周邊區域S2中之透明絕緣基板5的背面上形成有與複數個第2電極21連接之複數個第2周邊配線22,在透明絕緣基板5的緣部排列形成有複數個第2外部連接端子23,並且在各第2電極21的兩端形成有第2連接部24。在第2連接部24連接有相對應之第2周邊配線22的一端部,第2周邊配線22的另一端部與相對應之第2外部連接端子23連接。 In the same manner, a plurality of second peripheral wirings 22 connected to the plurality of second electrodes 21 are formed on the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 in the peripheral region S2, and a plurality of second portions are formed in the edge portion of the transparent insulating substrate 5. The terminal 23 is externally connected, and the second connection portion 24 is formed at both ends of each of the second electrodes 21. One end portion of the corresponding second peripheral wiring 22 is connected to the second connection portion 24, and the other end portion of the second peripheral wiring 22 is connected to the corresponding second external connection terminal 23.

觸摸面板用導電膜1在透明絕緣基板5的表面上具有包括第1電極11、第1周邊配線12、第1外部連接端子13及第1連接部14之導電構件6A, 並且在透明絕緣基板5的背面上具有包括第2電極21、第2周邊配線22、第2外部連接端子23及第2連接部24之導電構件6B。 The conductive film 1 for a touch panel has a conductive member 6A including the first electrode 11 , the first peripheral wiring 12 , the first external connection terminal 13 , and the first connection portion 14 on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 , and is on the transparent insulating substrate 5 . The back surface includes a conductive member 6B including the second electrode 21, the second peripheral wiring 22, the second external connection terminal 23, and the second connection portion 24.

在圖4中,第1電極11和第1周邊配線12經由第1連接部14連接,但亦可以為不設置第1連接部14而直接連接第1電極11和第1周邊配線12之構成。又,同樣地,亦可以為不設置第2連接部24而直接連接第2電極21和第2周邊配線22之構成。 In FIG. 4, the first electrode 11 and the first peripheral wiring 12 are connected via the first connecting portion 14, but the first electrode 11 and the first peripheral wiring 12 may be directly connected without providing the first connecting portion 14. In the same manner, the second electrode 21 and the second peripheral wiring 22 may be directly connected without providing the second connecting portion 24.

藉由設置第1連接部14及第2連接部24,具有能夠使電極與周邊配線的連接部位的電導通變良好之效果。尤其,當電極和周邊配線的材料不同時,設置第1連接部14及第2連接部24為較佳。第1連接部14及第2連接部24的寬度分別為所連接之電極的寬度的1/3以上且電極的寬度以下為較佳。第1連接部14及第2連接部24的形狀可以為實心膜形狀,亦可以為如國際公開WO2013/089085號公報所示之框形狀或網格形狀。 By providing the first connection portion 14 and the second connection portion 24, it is possible to improve the electrical conduction of the connection portion between the electrode and the peripheral wiring. In particular, when the materials of the electrodes and the peripheral wiring are different, it is preferable to provide the first connecting portion 14 and the second connecting portion 24. The widths of the first connecting portion 14 and the second connecting portion 24 are preferably 1/3 or more of the width of the connected electrode and the width of the electrode is preferably equal to or less than the width of the electrode. The shape of the first connecting portion 14 and the second connecting portion 24 may be a solid film shape, or may be a frame shape or a mesh shape as shown in WO 2013/089085.

第1周邊配線12及第2周邊配線22的配線寬度為10μm以上且200μm以下,最小配線間隔(最小配線間距離)係20μm以上且100μm以下為較佳。 The wiring width of the first peripheral wiring 12 and the second peripheral wiring 22 is 10 μm or more and 200 μm or less, and the minimum wiring interval (minimum wiring distance) is preferably 20 μm or more and 100 μm or less.

各周邊配線可以被包含胺基甲酸酯樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂等之保護絕緣膜覆蓋。藉由設置保護絕緣膜,能夠防止周邊配線的遷移、生銹等。另外,由於有可能引起周邊配線的腐蝕,因此在絕緣膜中不含有鹵素雜質為較佳。保護絕緣膜的厚度係1~20μm為較佳。 Each of the peripheral wirings may be covered with a protective insulating film containing a urethane resin, an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin or the like. By providing the protective insulating film, it is possible to prevent migration, rust, and the like of the peripheral wiring. Further, since it is likely to cause corrosion of the peripheral wiring, it is preferable that the insulating film does not contain halogen impurities. The thickness of the protective insulating film is preferably 1 to 20 μm.

當將觸摸面板用導電膜1用作觸摸面板時,第1外部連接端子13和第2外部連接端子23經由各向異性導電膜(Anisotropic Conductive Film)與柔性配線基板(Flexible Printed Circuits)電連接。柔性配線基板與具有驅 動功能和位置檢測功能之觸摸面板控制基板連接。 When the conductive film 1 for a touch panel is used as a touch panel, the first external connection terminal 13 and the second external connection terminal 23 are electrically connected to a flexible printed circuit (Audio Conductive Film) via an anisotropic conductive film. The flexible wiring substrate is connected to a touch panel control substrate having a driving function and a position detecting function.

以使與柔性配線基板的電連接性變良好為目的,第1外部連接端子13和第2外部連接端子23以大於第1周邊配線12及第2周邊配線22的配線寬度的端子寬度形成。具體而言,第1外部連接端子13與第2外部連接端子23的端子寬度係0.1mm以上且0.6mm以下為較佳,端子長度係0.5mm以上且2.0mm以下為較佳。 The first external connection terminal 13 and the second external connection terminal 23 are formed to have a terminal width larger than the wiring width of the first peripheral wiring 12 and the second peripheral wiring 22 for the purpose of improving the electrical connection with the flexible wiring board. Specifically, the terminal width of the first external connection terminal 13 and the second external connection terminal 23 is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 0.6 mm or less, and the terminal length is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less.

另外,透明絕緣基板5相當於具有第1面及與第1面對向之第2面之基板,在第1面(表面)上配置有第1導電層8,在第2面(背面)上配置有第2導電層9。另外,在圖3中,以透明絕緣基板5和第1導電層8及第2導電層9直接接觸之形狀示出,但在透明絕緣基板5與第1導電層8及第2導電層9之間亦能夠形成一層以上的密接強化層、下塗層、硬塗層、光學調整層等功能層。 Further, the transparent insulating substrate 5 corresponds to a substrate having a first surface and a second surface facing the first surface, and the first conductive layer 8 is disposed on the first surface (surface), and is on the second surface (back surface). The second conductive layer 9 is disposed. In addition, in FIG. 3, the transparent insulating substrate 5 and the first conductive layer 8 and the second conductive layer 9 are directly in contact with each other, but the transparent insulating substrate 5 and the first conductive layer 8 and the second conductive layer 9 are It is also possible to form more than one functional layer such as an adhesion-strengthening layer, an undercoat layer, a hard coat layer, and an optical adjustment layer.

在圖5中示出第1電極11與第2電極21的交叉部。配置於透明絕緣基板5的表面上之第1電極11由包含第1金屬細線15之網格圖案M1形成,配置於透明絕緣基板5的背面上之第2電極21亦由包含第2金屬細線25之網格圖案M2形成。而且,在第1電極11與第2電極21的交叉部,從視覺辨認側觀察時,以第1金屬細線15與第2金屬細線25相互交叉之方式配置。另外,在圖5中,為了容易區分第1金屬細線15和第2金屬細線25,以點線示出第2金屬細線25,但實際上由與第1金屬細線15同樣連接之線形成。 The intersection of the first electrode 11 and the second electrode 21 is shown in FIG. The first electrode 11 disposed on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 is formed of a mesh pattern M1 including the first metal thin wires 15, and the second electrode 21 disposed on the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 also includes the second metal thin wires 25. The mesh pattern M2 is formed. In addition, when the intersection of the first electrode 11 and the second electrode 21 is viewed from the visual recognition side, the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25 are arranged to intersect each other. In addition, in FIG. 5, in order to make it easy to distinguish the 1st metal thin wire 15 and the 2nd metal thin wire 25, the 2nd metal thin wire 25 is shown by the dotted line, However, It is actually formed by the line connected similarly to the 1st metal thin wire 15.

作為網格圖案的形狀,如圖5那樣的相同之網格(定形單元)重複配置之圖案為較佳,網格的形狀係菱形為特佳,但亦可以為平行四邊形、正 方形、長方形等四邊形,亦可以為正六邊形或其他多邊形。在菱形的情況下,從减少與顯示裝置的像素的干涉條紋(moire)之觀點而言,該菱形的狹角角度係20°以上且70°以下為較佳。從可見性的觀點而言,網格的中心間距離(網格間距)係100~600μm為較佳。包含第1金屬細線15之網格圖案M1和包含第2金屬細線25之網格圖案M2為相同形狀為較佳。另外,從可見性的觀點而言,如圖5那樣,如以下方式配置為較佳:將包含第1金屬細線15之網格圖案M1和包含第2金屬細線25之網格圖案M2錯開與網格間距一半相當的距離而配置,並配置為從視覺辨認側觀察時形成網格間距成為一半之網格圖案。作為另一形態,網格的形狀可以為隨機圖案、或如日本特開2013-214545號公報所示之對菱形的定形單元的間距賦予有10%左右的隨機性之、定形單元形狀賦予有一定的隨機性之半隨機(semi-random)形狀。 As the shape of the mesh pattern, a pattern in which the same mesh (shaped unit) is repeatedly arranged as shown in FIG. 5 is preferable, and the shape of the mesh is particularly good as a diamond, but may be a quadrilateral such as a parallelogram, a square, or a rectangle. It can also be a regular hexagon or other polygon. In the case of a rhombic shape, the narrow angle of the rhombic shape is preferably 20° or more and 70° or less from the viewpoint of reducing interference fringes with pixels of the display device. From the viewpoint of visibility, the center-to-center distance (mesh pitch) of the mesh is preferably 100 to 600 μm. It is preferable that the mesh pattern M1 including the first metal thin wires 15 and the mesh pattern M2 including the second metal thin wires 25 have the same shape. Further, from the viewpoint of visibility, as shown in FIG. 5, it is preferable to dispose the mesh pattern M1 including the first metal thin wires 15 and the mesh pattern M2 including the second metal thin wires 25 with the mesh. The grids are arranged at a distance of half the distance and are arranged to form a grid pattern having a grid pitch of half when viewed from the visual recognition side. In another aspect, the shape of the mesh may be a random pattern or a randomness of about 10% of the pitch of the shaped unit of the rhombus as shown in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2013-214545, and the shaped cell shape is given a certain amount. The semi-random shape of randomness.

又,在相鄰之第1電極11之間、相鄰之第2電極21之間可以分別具有與由第1金屬細線15、第2金屬細線25形成之電極絕緣之虛設網格圖案。虛設網格圖案由與形成電極之網格圖案相同之網格形狀形成為較佳。 Further, each of the adjacent first electrodes 11 and the adjacent second electrodes 21 may have a dummy mesh pattern insulated from the electrodes formed by the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25. The dummy mesh pattern is preferably formed by the same mesh shape as the grid pattern forming the electrodes.

貼合觸摸面板2和顯示裝置之方法為使用透明的黏結劑直接貼合之方式(直接接合(direct boding)方式)或使用雙面膠帶僅貼合觸摸面板2與顯示裝置的周邊之方式(氣隙(air gap)方式),但亦可以為任何方式。在貼合觸摸面板2和顯示裝置時,可以在導電構件6B上或保護層7B上另設置保護膜。保護膜例如使用附硬塗層之PET薄膜(厚度20~150μm),能夠採用使用光學透明黏結片(Optical Clear Adhesive)贴附於導電構件6B上或保護層7B上之構成。 The method of bonding the touch panel 2 and the display device is a method of directly bonding using a transparent adhesive (direct boding method) or a method of bonding only the touch panel 2 and the periphery of the display device using double-sided tape (gas) Air gap), but it can be any way. When the touch panel 2 and the display device are attached, a protective film may be additionally provided on the conductive member 6B or the protective layer 7B. The protective film is, for example, a PET film (thickness: 20 to 150 μm) with a hard coat layer, and can be attached to the conductive member 6B or the protective layer 7B by using an optically clear adhesive sheet (Optical Clear Adhesive).

與前述透明的黏結層相同,直接接合方式中所使用之透明的黏結劑能夠使用光學透明黏結片(Optical Clear Adhesive)或光學透明黏結樹脂(Optical Clear Resin),較佳厚度為10μm以上且100μm以下。作為光學透明黏結片,例如同樣能夠較佳地使用3M Company製造之8146系列。在提高觸摸面板2的檢測靈敏度之觀點上,使用直接接合方式中所使用之透明的黏結劑的相對介電常數小於前述透明的黏結層的相對介電常數者為較佳。直接接合方式中所使用之透明的黏結劑的相對介電常數的較佳值為2.0~3.0。 As with the transparent adhesive layer, the transparent adhesive used in the direct bonding method can use Optical Clear Adhesive or Optical Clear Resin, and preferably has a thickness of 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less. . As the optically transparent adhesive sheet, for example, the 8146 series manufactured by 3M Company can also be preferably used. From the viewpoint of improving the detection sensitivity of the touch panel 2, it is preferable that the relative dielectric constant of the transparent adhesive used in the direct bonding method is smaller than the relative dielectric constant of the transparent adhesive layer. The relative dielectric constant of the transparent adhesive used in the direct bonding method is preferably 2.0 to 3.0.

又,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點上,第1金屬細線15的視覺辨認側的表面及第2金屬細線25的視覺辨認側的表面各自的可見光反射率係5%以下為較佳。另外,小於1%為更佳。藉由將可見光反射率設在本範圍,能夠有效地減少網格可視或減小霧度。 Moreover, it is preferable that the visible light reflectance of the surface of the first metal thin wire 15 on the visual recognition side and the surface of the second metal thin wire 25 on the visual recognition side is 5% or less, from the viewpoint of the more excellent effect of the present invention. In addition, less than 1% is more preferable. By setting the visible light reflectance within the present range, it is possible to effectively reduce the visibility of the mesh or reduce the haze.

作為上述可見光反射率的測定方法,以如下方式進行測定。首先,使用JASCO Corporation製造之紫外可見分光光度計V660(1次反射測定單元SLM-721),在測定波長350nm至800nm、入射角5度下測定反射光譜。另外,將鋁蒸鍍平面鏡的正反射光設為基線。使用JASCO Corporation製造之色彩計算程式,由所得到之反射光譜計算出在XYZ表色系、D65光源、2度視野時的Y值(等色函數JIS Z9701-1999),作為可見光反射率。 As a method of measuring the visible light reflectance, the measurement was carried out as follows. First, a reflection spectrum was measured using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer V660 (primary reflection measuring unit SLM-721) manufactured by JASCO Corporation at a measurement wavelength of 350 nm to 800 nm and an incident angle of 5 degrees. In addition, the regular reflection light of the aluminum vapor deposition mirror is set as a baseline. The Y value (isochromatic function JIS Z9701-1999) at the XYZ color system, the D65 light source, and the 2 degree field of view was calculated from the obtained reflection spectrum using a color calculation program manufactured by JASCO Corporation as the visible light reflectance.

作為構成第1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25之材料,能夠使用銀、鋁、銅、金、鉬、鉻等金屬及該等的合金,能夠將該等製成單層或積層體而使用。從減少金屬細線的網格可視及干涉條紋之觀點而言,第1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25的線寬係0.5μm以上且5μm以下為較佳。第 1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25可以為直線、折線、曲線或波浪線形狀。又,第1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25的厚度從電阻值的觀點而言為0.1μm以上,從自傾斜方向的可見性的觀點而言為3μm以下為較佳。從自傾斜方向的可見性的觀點及圖案化加工性的觀點而言,更佳的厚度相對於金屬細線的線寬為1/2以下為更佳。另外,為了減小第1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25的可見光反射率,可以在第1金屬細線15及第2金屬細線25的視覺辨認側設置黑化層。 As the material constituting the first metal thin wire 15 and the second metal thin wire 25, a metal such as silver, aluminum, copper, gold, molybdenum or chromium or the like can be used, and these can be used as a single layer or a laminate. . The line width of the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25 is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 5 μm or less from the viewpoint of reducing the mesh visibility of the fine metal wires and the interference fringes. The first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25 may have a straight line, a polygonal line, a curved line, or a wavy line shape. In addition, the thickness of the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25 is 0.1 μm or more from the viewpoint of the electric resistance value, and is preferably 3 μm or less from the viewpoint of visibility from the oblique direction. From the viewpoint of the visibility from the oblique direction and the patterning workability, a more preferable thickness is preferably 1/2 or less with respect to the line width of the fine metal wires. In addition, in order to reduce the visible light reflectance of the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25, a blackening layer may be provided on the visual recognition side of the first metal thin wires 15 and the second metal thin wires 25.

能夠由構成第1金屬細線15之材料來形成包括第1電極11、第1周邊配線12、第1外部連接端子13及第1連接部14之導電構件6A。藉此,包括第1電極11、第1周邊配線12、第1外部連接端子13及第1連接部14之導電構件6A全部由相同之金屬以相同之厚度形成,從而能夠同時形成。 The conductive member 6A including the first electrode 11 , the first peripheral wiring 12 , the first external connection terminal 13 , and the first connection portion 14 can be formed of a material constituting the first metal thin wire 15 . Thereby, all of the conductive members 6A including the first electrode 11, the first peripheral wiring 12, the first external connection terminal 13, and the first connection portion 14 are formed of the same metal in the same thickness, and can be simultaneously formed.

關於包括第2電極21、第2周邊配線22、第2外部連接端子23及第2連接部24之導電構件6B亦相同。 The same applies to the conductive member 6B including the second electrode 21, the second peripheral wiring 22, the second external connection terminal 23, and the second connection portion 24.

第1電極11和第2電極21的薄片電阻係0.1Ω/□以上且200Ω/□以下為較佳,尤其,使用於投影型靜電電容式觸摸面板時,10Ω/□以上且100Ω/□以下為較佳。 The sheet resistance of the first electrode 11 and the second electrode 21 is preferably 0.1 Ω/□ or more and 200 Ω/□ or less. In particular, when used in a projection type capacitive touch panel, 10 Ω/□ or more and 100 Ω/□ or less are used. Preferably.

另外,如圖6所示,在有源區S1內配置於透明絕緣基板5的表面上之第1導電層8可以具有分別配置於複數個第1電極11之間之複數個第1虛設電極11A。該等第1虛設電極11A與複數個第1電極11絕緣,且與第1電極11同樣具有由多個第1單元C1構成之第1網格圖案M1。 Further, as shown in FIG. 6, the first conductive layer 8 disposed on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 in the active region S1 may have a plurality of first dummy electrodes 11A disposed between the plurality of first electrodes 11 . The first dummy electrode 11A is insulated from the plurality of first electrodes 11 and has a first mesh pattern M1 composed of a plurality of first cells C1 similarly to the first electrode 11 .

另外,第1電極11與相鄰之第1虛設電極11A藉由在沿著連續的第1網格圖案M1配置之金屬細線上設置寬度為5μm以上且30μm以下的斷線 而電絕緣。圖6為僅在第1電極11與相鄰之第1虛設電極11A的邊界線形成斷線之形狀,但亦可以在第1虛設電極11A內的第1單元C1的所有的邊上或局部地形成斷線。 In addition, the first electrode 11 and the adjacent first dummy electrode 11A are electrically insulated by providing a wire having a width of 5 μm or more and 30 μm or less on a thin metal wire arranged along the continuous first mesh pattern M1. 6 is a shape in which the boundary between the first electrode 11 and the adjacent first dummy electrode 11A is broken, but it may be on the side or partially of the first cell C1 in the first dummy electrode 11A. A broken line is formed.

又,雖未圖示,但在有源區S1內配置於透明絕緣基板5的背面上之第2導電層9可以具有分別配置於複數個第2電極21之間之複數個第2虛設電極。該等第2虛設電極與複數個第2電極21絕緣,且與第2電極21同樣具有由多個第2單元C2構成之第2網格圖案M2。 Further, although not shown, the second conductive layer 9 disposed on the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 in the active region S1 may have a plurality of second dummy electrodes disposed between the plurality of second electrodes 21. The second dummy electrodes are insulated from the plurality of second electrodes 21, and have the second mesh pattern M2 composed of the plurality of second cells C2 similarly to the second electrodes 21.

另外,第2電極21與相鄰之第2虛設電極藉由在沿著連續的第2網格圖案M2配置之金屬細線上設置寬度為5μm以上且30μm以下的斷線而電絕緣。可以為僅在第2電極21與相鄰之第1虛設電極的邊界線形成斷線之形狀,但亦可以為在第2虛設電極內的第2單元C2的所有的邊或局部地形成斷線。 In addition, the second electrode 21 and the adjacent second dummy electrode are electrically insulated by providing a wire having a width of 5 μm or more and 30 μm or less on a thin metal wire disposed along the continuous second mesh pattern M2. The shape may be such that the boundary between the second electrode 21 and the adjacent first dummy electrode is broken. However, the disconnection may be formed on all sides or portions of the second cell C2 in the second dummy electrode. .

如上所述,觸摸面板用導電膜1係藉由在透明絕緣基板5的表面上形成包括第1電極11、第1周邊配線12、第1外部連接端子13及第1連接部14之導電構件6A,並且在透明絕緣基板5的背面上形成包括第2電極21、第2周邊配線22、第2外部連接端子23及第2連接部24之導電構件6B而製造。 As described above, the conductive film 1 for a touch panel is formed with the conductive member 6A including the first electrode 11, the first peripheral wiring 12, the first external connection terminal 13, and the first connection portion 14 on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5. The conductive member 6B including the second electrode 21, the second peripheral wiring 22, the second external connection terminal 23, and the second connection portion 24 is formed on the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5 to be manufactured.

此時,第1電極11由沿著第1網格圖案M1配置有第1金屬細線15之第1導電層8形成,第2電極21由沿著第2網格圖案M2配置有第2金屬細線25之第2導電層9形成,第1導電層8和第2導電層9隔著透明絕緣基板5以如圖4那樣在有源區S1內相互重疊之方式配置。 At this time, the first electrode 11 is formed of the first conductive layer 8 in which the first metal thin wires 15 are arranged along the first mesh pattern M1, and the second electrode 21 is provided with the second metal thin wires along the second mesh pattern M2. The second conductive layer 9 of 25 is formed, and the first conductive layer 8 and the second conductive layer 9 are disposed so as to overlap each other in the active region S1 via the transparent insulating substrate 5 as shown in FIG.

該等導電構件6A及導電構件6B的形成方法並沒有特別限定。例如, 如日本特開2012-185813號公報的<0067>~<0083>、日本特開2014-209332號公報的<0115>~<0126>或日本特開2015-5495號公報的<0215>~<0216>中所記載,能夠藉由對具有含有感光性鹵化銀鹽之乳劑層之感光材料進行曝光,並實施顯影處理而形成導電構件6A及6B。 The method of forming the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B is not particularly limited. For example, <0067> to <0083> of JP-A-2012-185813, <0115> to <0126> of JP-A-2014-209332, or <0215> of JP-A-2015-5495 According to <0216>, the conductive members 6A and 6B can be formed by exposing a photosensitive material having an emulsion layer containing a photosensitive silver halide salt and performing development processing.

又,亦能夠藉由在透明絕緣基板5的表面及背面分別形成金屬薄膜,在各金屬薄膜上以圖案狀印刷抗蝕劑、或者對全面塗佈之抗蝕劑進行曝光並進行顯影而將其圖案化,並且蝕刻開口部的金屬,從而形成該等導電構件。另外,除此以外,能夠使用如下方法:將包含構成導電構件之材料的微粒之糊劑印刷於透明絕緣基板5的表面及背面,並對糊劑實施金屬鍍敷之方法;使用噴墨法之方法,該噴墨法中使用包含構成導電構件之材料的微粒之油墨;利用網版印刷來形成包含構成導電構件之材料的微粒之油墨之方法;在透明絕緣基板5上形成槽,在該槽塗佈導電油墨之方法;微接觸(micro contact)印刷圖案化法等。 Further, it is also possible to form a metal thin film on the front surface and the back surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5, to print a resist on each metal thin film in a pattern, or to expose and develop a fully applied resist. The metal of the opening portion is patterned and etched to form the conductive members. Further, in addition to the above, a method of printing a paste containing fine particles of a material constituting the conductive member on the front and back surfaces of the transparent insulating substrate 5 and performing metal plating on the paste can be used; In the inkjet method, an ink containing fine particles constituting a material of the conductive member is used; a method of forming an ink containing fine particles of a material constituting the conductive member by screen printing; and forming a groove in the transparent insulating substrate 5 A method of applying a conductive ink; a micro contact printing patterning method or the like.

另外,上述中,在透明絕緣基板5的表面上配置了包括第1電極11、第1周邊配線12、第1外部連接端子13及第1連接部14之導電構件6A,並且在透明絕緣基板5的背面上配置了包括第2電極21、第2周邊配線22、第2外部連接端子23及第2連接部24之導電構件6B,但並不限於此。 In addition, in the above, the conductive member 6A including the first electrode 11, the first peripheral wiring 12, the first external connection terminal 13, and the first connection portion 14 is disposed on the surface of the transparent insulating substrate 5, and is on the transparent insulating substrate 5. The conductive member 6B including the second electrode 21, the second peripheral wiring 22, the second external connection terminal 23, and the second connection portion 24 is disposed on the back surface, but is not limited thereto.

例如,亦能夠設為在透明絕緣基板5的一個面側經由層間絕緣膜配置導電構件6A和導電構件6B之構成。 For example, the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B may be disposed on the one surface side of the transparent insulating substrate 5 via the interlayer insulating film.

另外,亦能夠設為2張基板的構成。亦即,亦能夠在第1透明絕緣基板的表面上配置導電構件6A,在第2透明絕緣基板的表面上配置導電構件 6B,並使用光學透明黏結片(Optical Clear Adhesive)將該等第1透明絕緣基板及第2透明絕緣基板貼合而使用。 Further, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which two substrates are provided. In other words, the conductive member 6A can be disposed on the surface of the first transparent insulating substrate, the conductive member 6B can be disposed on the surface of the second transparent insulating substrate, and the first transparent portion can be formed by using an optically clear adhesive sheet (Optical Clear Adhesive). The insulating substrate and the second transparent insulating substrate are bonded together and used.

另外,亦可以設為不使用透明絕緣基板5而在圖3所示之防反射積層體4C的表面上經由層間絕緣膜配置導電構件6A和導電構件6B之構成。 In addition, the conductive member 6A and the conductive member 6B may be disposed on the surface of the anti-reflection laminate 4C shown in FIG. 3 without using the transparent insulating substrate 5 via the interlayer insulating film.

作為靜電電容式觸摸面板的電極圖案的形狀,除了圖4所示之所謂的棒與條紋(bar and stripe)的電極圖案形狀以外,當然亦能夠適用於例如國際公開WO2010/012179號公報的圖16中所揭示之鑽石圖案、國際公開WO2013/094728號公報的圖7或圖20所揭示之電極圖案形狀,還能夠適用於其他形狀的靜電電容式觸摸面板的電極圖案。 As the shape of the electrode pattern of the capacitive touch panel, in addition to the so-called bar and stripe electrode pattern shape shown in FIG. 4, it is of course also applicable to, for example, FIG. 16 of International Publication WO2010/012179. The shape of the electrode pattern disclosed in FIG. 7 or FIG. 20 of the publication WO 2013/094728 can also be applied to the electrode pattern of a capacitive touch panel of another shape.

又,亦能夠適用於US2012/0262414號公報等中所揭示之如沒有交叉部之電極構成那樣,僅在基板的單側具有檢測電極之構成的觸摸面板。 Further, it is also applicable to a touch panel having a configuration of a detecting electrode on only one side of the substrate, as disclosed in US 2012/0262414, and the like.

另外,觸摸面板亦能夠與其他功能膜組合而使用。能夠與日本特開2014-13264號公報中所揭示之使用具有高延遲值之基板之防止彩虹狀不均勻之圖像品質提高用功能膜、日本特開2014-142462號公報中所揭示之用於改善觸摸面板的電極的可見性之圓偏振片進行組合等。 In addition, the touch panel can also be used in combination with other functional films. A functional film for improving image quality that prevents rainbow unevenness using a substrate having a high retardation value as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2014-13264, and the same as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H2014-142462 A circular polarizing plate that improves the visibility of the electrodes of the touch panel is combined or the like.

<<偏振片>> <<Polarizer>>

又,作為包含本發明的防反射積層體之物品,可以舉出偏振片。 Moreover, as an article containing the antireflection laminated body of this invention, a polarizing plate is mentioned.

本發明的偏振片具有本發明的防反射積層體和偏振鏡。在本發明的防反射積層體中,在樹脂膜的與具有HC層及AR層之一側相反之一側之面具有偏振鏡。 The polarizing plate of the present invention has the antireflection laminate of the present invention and a polarizer. In the antireflection laminate of the present invention, a polarizer is provided on a surface of the resin film opposite to one side having one side of the HC layer and the AR layer.

更具體而言,作為包括偏振鏡和配置於其兩側之保護膜之偏振片的該保護膜中的一者或兩者,能夠使用本發明的防反射積層體。藉由使用本發 明的防反射積層體,能夠提供具有防反射功能、可充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印且顯出優異之耐擦性之偏振片。 More specifically, the antireflection laminate of the present invention can be used as one or both of the protective films including the polarizer and the polarizing plate disposed on both sides of the protective film. By using the antireflection laminate of the present invention, it is possible to provide a polarizing plate which has an antireflection function, can sufficiently suppress keyboard transfer accompanying a load, and exhibits excellent rub resistance.

作為其中一個保護膜,可以使用本發明的防反射積層體,另一個保護膜使用通常的乙酸纖維素薄膜。在該情況下,該另一個保護膜使用利用溶液製膜法進行製造且以10~100%的拉伸倍率沿卷膜形態中之寬度方向拉伸而得到之乙酸纖維素薄膜為較佳。 As one of the protective films, the antireflection laminate of the present invention can be used, and the other protective film uses a usual cellulose acetate film. In this case, the other protective film is preferably a cellulose acetate film obtained by a film forming method and stretched in the width direction of the film form at a stretching ratio of 10 to 100%.

又,在偏振鏡的2張保護膜中,本發明的防反射積層體以外的薄膜係具有包含光學各向異性層而成之光學補償層之光學補償膜亦為較佳的態樣。光學補償膜(相位差膜)能夠改良液晶顯示畫面的視野角特性。作為光學補償膜,能夠使用公知者,但在擴大視野角之觀點上,日本特開2001-100042號公報中所記載之光學補償膜為較佳。 Further, in the two protective films of the polarizer, the optical compensation film having the optical compensation layer including the optically anisotropic layer of the film other than the antireflection laminate of the present invention is also preferable. The optical compensation film (retardation film) can improve the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display screen. As the optical compensation film, a known one can be used. However, from the viewpoint of widening the viewing angle, the optical compensation film described in JP-A-2001-100042 is preferable.

偏振鏡中有碘系偏振鏡、使用二色性染料之染料系偏振鏡或聚烯系偏振鏡。碘系偏振鏡及染料系偏振鏡一般使用聚乙烯醇系薄膜進行製造。 The polarizer includes an iodine-based polarizer, a dye-based polarizer using a dichroic dye, or a polyolefin-based polarizer. An iodine-based polarizer and a dye-based polarizer are generally produced using a polyvinyl alcohol-based film.

又,作為偏振鏡,可以使用公知的偏振鏡、或從偏振鏡的吸收軸既不與長度方向平行亦不垂直之長條偏振鏡中切出之偏振鏡。偏振鏡的吸收軸既不與長度方向平行亦不垂直之長條偏振鏡利用以下方法進行製作。 Further, as the polarizer, a known polarizer or a polarizer cut out from a long polarizer whose absorption axis of the polarizer is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the longitudinal direction can be used. A long polarizer whose absorption axis of the polarizer is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is produced by the following method.

亦即,一邊利用保持機構保持連續地供給之聚乙烯醇系薄膜等聚合物薄膜的兩端一邊賦予張力來進行拉伸,至少沿薄膜寬度方向拉伸至1.1~20.0倍。然後,能夠藉由如下拉伸方法進行製造,亦即,以薄膜兩端的保持裝置的長度方向行進速度差在3%以內,且在保持薄膜兩端之製程的出口處,薄膜輸送方向與薄膜的實質拉伸方向所成之角傾斜20~70°之方式,將薄膜輸送方向在保持薄膜兩端之狀態下折彎。尤其,從生產率的觀點而言,較 佳地使用在保持薄膜兩端之製程的出口處,使薄膜輸送方向與薄膜的實質拉伸方向所成之角傾斜45°之拉伸方法。 In other words, the both ends of the polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol-based film which is continuously supplied by the holding means are stretched and stretched, and are stretched at least 1.1 to 20.0 times in the film width direction. Then, it can be manufactured by the following stretching method, that is, the traveling speed difference in the longitudinal direction of the holding device at both ends of the film is within 3%, and at the exit of the process for maintaining the both ends of the film, the film conveying direction and the film are The film is oriented in such a manner that the angle of the film is inclined by 20 to 70°, and the film conveying direction is bent while maintaining the both ends of the film. In particular, from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferred to use a stretching method in which the film transport direction is inclined at an angle of 45 to the angle formed by the substantial stretching direction of the film at the exit of the process for maintaining the both ends of the film.

關於聚合物薄膜的拉伸方法,能夠適用日本特開2002-86554號公報的0020~0030段的記載。 The method of stretching the polymer film can be applied to the description of paragraphs 0020 to 0030 of JP-A-2002-86554.

【實施例】  [Examples]  

以下,基於實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。另外,並不藉此而限定性解釋本發明。在以下實施例中,表示組成之“份”及“%”只要沒有特別指定,則為質量基準。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail based on examples. In addition, the invention is not limited thereto. In the following examples, the "parts" and "%" indicating the composition are the mass basis unless otherwise specified.

<實施例> <Example>

<1-1.樹脂膜(厚度100μm的TAC薄膜)的製作> <1-1. Production of resin film (TAC film with a thickness of 100 μm) >

利用以下方法製作出外層/芯層/外層的3層的纖維素醯化物的積層膜。 A laminated film of three layers of the cellulose halide of the outer layer/core layer/outer layer was produced by the following method.

(1)芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液的製備 (1) Preparation of core layer cellulose halide thick slurry

將下述組成物投入到混合罐中並進行撹拌而製備出芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿溶液。 The following composition was put into a mixing tank and kneaded to prepare a core layer cellulose halide thick slurry solution.

---------------------------------- ----------------------------------

芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液 Core layer cellulose sulphate concentrate

---------------------------------- ----------------------------------

‧乙醯基取代度2.88、重量平均分子量260,000的乙酸纖維素 100質量份 ‧Acetyl cellulose with a degree of substitution of 2.88 and a weight average molecular weight of 260,000 100 parts by mass

‧下述結構的鄰苯二甲酸酯寡聚物A 10質量份 ‧ 10 parts by mass of phthalate oligomer A with the following structure

‧下述式I所表示之化合物(A-1) 4質量份 ‧ compound (A-1) represented by the following formula I, 4 parts by mass

‧下述式II所表示之紫外線吸收劑(BASF公司製造) 2.7質量份 ‧ The ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by BASF Corporation) represented by the following formula II: 2.7 parts by mass

‧光穩定劑(BASF公司製造,商品名:TINUVIN123) 0.18質量份 ‧Light stabilizer (manufactured by BASF, trade name: TINUVIN123) 0.18 parts by mass

‧N-烯基伸丙基二胺三乙酸(Nagase Chemtex Corporation製造,商品名:Techrun DO) 0.02質量份 ‧ N-alkenyl propylene diamine triacetic acid (manufactured by Nagase Chemtex Corporation, trade name: Techrun DO) 0.02 parts by mass

‧二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 430質量份 ‧ dichloromethane (first solvent) 430 parts by mass

‧甲醇(第2溶劑) 64質量份 ‧Methanol (second solvent) 64 parts by mass

---------------------------------- ----------------------------------

以下示出所使用之化合物。 The compounds used are shown below.

鄰苯二甲酸酯寡聚物A(重量平均分子量:750) Phthalate oligomer A (weight average molecular weight: 750)

下述式I所表示之化合物(A-1) Compound (A-1) represented by the following formula I

式I: Formula I:

式II所表示之紫外線吸收劑 Ultraviolet absorber represented by formula II

式II:【化學式15】 Formula II: [Chemical Formula 15]

(2)外層纖維素醯化物濃漿液的製備 (2) Preparation of outer layer cellulose sulphate thick slurry

向上述芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液90質量份中加入下述含有無機粒子之組成物10質量份而製備出外層纖維素醯化物濃漿液。 To 90 parts by mass of the above-mentioned core layer cellulose sulphate concentrate, 10 parts by mass of the following inorganic particle-containing composition was added to prepare an outer layer cellulose sulphate thick slurry.

------------------------------- -------------------------------

含有無機粒子之組成物 Composition containing inorganic particles

------------------------------- -------------------------------

平均一次粒徑20nm的二氧化矽粒子(NIPPON AEROSIL Corporation製造,商品名:AEROSIL R972) 2質量份 Cerium oxide particles having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm (manufactured by NIPPON AEROSIL Corporation, trade name: AEROSIL R972) 2 parts by mass

二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 76質量份 Dichloromethane (1st solvent) 76 parts by mass

甲醇(第2溶劑) 11質量份 Methanol (second solvent) 11 parts by mass

芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液 1質量份 Core layer cellulose sulphate concentrated slurry 1 part by mass

------------------------------- -------------------------------

(3)樹脂膜的製作 (3) Production of resin film

以外層纖維素醯化物濃漿液配置於芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液的兩側之方式,將外層纖維素醯化物濃漿液、芯層纖維素醯化物濃漿液及外層纖維素醯化物濃漿液這3種從流延口同時流延在表面溫度20℃的流延帶上。 The outer layer cellulose sulphate concentrated slurry is disposed on both sides of the core layer cellulose sulphate concentrated slurry, and the outer layer cellulose sulphate thick slurry, the core layer cellulose sulphate thick slurry and the outer layer cellulose sulphate thick slurry Three kinds of castings were simultaneously cast from the casting opening on a casting belt having a surface temperature of 20 °C.

作為流延帶,利用了寬度為2.1m且長度為70m的不銹鋼製環狀帶。流延帶研磨成厚度成為1.5mm、表面粗糙度成為0.05μm以下。其材質為SUS 316製,使用了具有充分的耐腐蝕性和強度之流延帶。流延帶整體的厚度不 均勻為0.5%以下。 As the casting tape, a stainless steel endless belt having a width of 2.1 m and a length of 70 m was used. The casting tape was ground to a thickness of 1.5 mm and a surface roughness of 0.05 μm or less. It is made of SUS 316 and uses a casting tape with sufficient corrosion resistance and strength. The thickness of the entire casting tape is not more than 0.5%.

對於所得到之流延膜,將風速為8m/s、氣體濃度為16%、溫度為60℃的快速乾燥風吹向流延膜表面而形成了初期膜。然後,從流延帶上部的上游側送出了140℃的乾燥風。又,從下游側送出了120℃的乾燥風及60℃的乾燥風。 With respect to the obtained cast film, a rapid drying wind having a wind speed of 8 m/s, a gas concentration of 16%, and a temperature of 60 ° C was blown onto the surface of the casting film to form an initial film. Then, a dry air of 140 ° C was sent from the upstream side of the upper portion of the casting belt. Further, dry air of 120 ° C and dry wind of 60 ° C were sent from the downstream side.

使殘留溶劑量成為約33質量%之後,從帶上剝取。接著,利用拉幅機夾具固定所得到之薄膜的寬度方向的兩端,將溶劑殘留量為3~15質量%的薄膜一邊沿橫向拉伸至1.06倍一邊進行了乾燥。然後,藉由在熱處理裝置的輥之間進行輸送而進一步乾燥,製作出厚度為100μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/94μm/3μm)之TAC薄膜。在下述表2中將所得到之TAC薄膜記載為TAC。 After the amount of the residual solvent was about 33% by mass, it was peeled off from the belt. Next, both ends of the obtained film in the width direction were fixed by a tenter jig, and the film having a solvent residual amount of 3 to 15% by mass was dried while being stretched to 1.06 times in the transverse direction. Then, it was further dried by transporting between rolls of the heat treatment apparatus to prepare a TAC film having a thickness of 100 μm (outer layer/core layer/outer layer = 3 μm/94 μm/3 μm). The obtained TAC film is described as TAC in Table 2 below.

<1-2.樹脂膜(厚度不同之TAC薄膜)的製作> <1-2. Production of resin film (TAC film with different thickness)>

利用與上述相同之方法,但厚度分別調整為60μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/54μm/3μm)、80μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/74μm/3μm)、90μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/84μm/3μm)、150μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/144μm/3μm)、200μm(外層/芯層/外層=3μm/194μm/3μm),製作出厚度不同之TAC薄膜。 The same method as above was used, but the thickness was adjusted to 60 μm (outer layer/core layer/outer layer=3 μm/54 μm/3 μm), 80 μm (outer layer/core layer/outer layer=3 μm/74 μm/3 μm), and 90 μm (outer layer/core layer). / outer layer = 3 μm / 84 μm / 3 μm), 150 μm (outer layer / core layer / outer layer = 3 μm / 144 μm / 3 μm), 200 μm (outer layer / core layer / outer layer = 3 μm / 194 μm / 3 μm), and TAC films having different thicknesses were produced.

<2-1.硬塗層(HC層)形成用硬化性組成物的製備> <2-1. Preparation of hardenable composition for formation of hard coat layer (HC layer) >

以下述表1所示之調配來混合各成分,並用孔徑10μm的聚丙烯製過濾器進行過濾而製備出HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-1~A-10。 The components were mixed and mixed with a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 10 μm to prepare a curable composition for forming an HC layer A-1 to A-10.

在上述表1中,調配比以質量份進行記載。又,“-”表示不含有該成分。 In the above Table 1, the blending ratio is described in parts by mass. Further, "-" means that the component is not contained.

以下示出表1中所記載之各化合物的詳細內容。 The details of each compound described in Table 1 are shown below.

<聚合性化合物1> <Polymerizable Compound 1>

DPHA:二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,商品名:KAYARAD DPHA) DPHA: a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., trade name: KAYARAD DPHA)

<聚合性化合物2> <Polymerizable Compound 2>

CYCLOMER M100:甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(Daicel Corporation製造,商品名) CYCLOMER M100: 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, trade name)

CEL2021P:3,4-環氧環己基甲基3,4-環氧環己烷羧酸酯(Daicel Corporation製造,商品名) CEL2021P: 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (manufactured by Daicel Corporation, trade name)

<聚合性化合物3> <Polymerizable Compound 3>

LIGHT ESTER 2EG:二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造,商品名) LIGHT ESTER 2EG: diethylene glycol dimethacrylate (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., trade name)

BLEMMER GMR:甘油二甲基丙烯酸酯(Nippon Oil & Fats Co.,Ltd.製造,商品名) BLEMMER GMR: glycerin dimethacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd., trade name)

A200:聚乙二醇# 200二丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co,Ltd.製造,商品名,分子量308) A200: Polyethylene glycol #200 diacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name, molecular weight 308)

UA160TM:胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯聚合物(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二醇及異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯的反應物)(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co,Ltd.製造,商品名) UA160TM: a urethane acrylate polymer (reactant of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol diol, and isophorone diisocyanate) (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Product name)

<聚合起始劑> <Polymerization initiator>

Irg184:1-羥基-環己基-苯基-酮(α-羥基烷基苯酮系自由基光聚合起始劑,BASF公司製造,商品名:IRGACURE184) Irg184: 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based radical photopolymerization initiator, manufactured by BASF Corporation, trade name: IRGACURE 184)

CPI-100P:三芳基鋶鹽系光陽離子聚合起始劑,San-Apro Ltd.製造,商品名 CPI-100P: Triarylsulfonium salt photocationic polymerization initiator, manufactured by San-Apro Ltd., trade name

[實施例1] [Example 1]

<2-2.硬塗層(HC層)的形成> <2-2. Formation of hard coat layer (HC layer) >

在上述中製作出之厚度100μm的TAC薄膜的一表面上塗佈HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-1並使其硬化來形成厚度25μm的HC層,從而製作出附HC層之樹脂膜。 The HC layer-forming curable composition A-1 was applied to one surface of a TAC film having a thickness of 100 μm prepared as described above and cured to form a HC layer having a thickness of 25 μm, thereby producing a resin film with an HC layer.

具體而言,塗佈及硬化的方法如下。利用日本特開2006-122889號公報的實施例1中所記載之使用狹縫模具之模塗法,在輸送速度30m/分鐘的條件下塗佈HC層形成用硬化性組成物,並在環境溫度60℃下乾燥了150秒鐘。然後,進一步在氮氣吹掃下、氧濃度約0.1體積%下使用160W/cm的空冷金屬鹵化物燈(EYE GRAPHICS Co.,Ltd.製造),照射照度20mW/cm2、照射量30mJ/cm2的紫外線而使所塗佈之HC層形成用硬化性組成物硬化來形成HC層之後,進行了捲取。 Specifically, the method of coating and hardening is as follows. The curable composition for forming a layer of HC is applied at a conveying speed of 30 m/min by a die coating method using a slit die described in Example 1 of JP-A-2006-122889, and at ambient temperature. It was dried at 60 ° C for 150 seconds. Then, an air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by EYE GRAPHICS Co., Ltd.) of 160 W/cm was used under an oxygen purge at a nitrogen concentration of about 0.1% by volume, and the irradiation illuminance was 20 mW/cm 2 and the irradiation amount was 30 mJ/cm 2 . After the ultraviolet ray is applied, the applied HC layer-forming hardenable composition is cured to form an HC layer, and then wound up.

<3.防反射積層體的製作> <3. Production of anti-reflection laminate >

在上述中製作出之附HC層之樹脂膜的HC層上形成無機氧化物層(AR層)而製作出實施例1的防反射積層體。如圖1所示,該防反射積層體4A具有依次積層有樹脂膜1A、HC層2A、AR層3A之結構。 An inorganic oxide layer (AR layer) was formed on the HC layer of the resin film with the HC layer prepared above to prepare the antireflection laminate of Example 1. As shown in FIG. 1, the anti-reflection laminated body 4A has a structure in which a resin film 1A, an HC layer 2A, and an AR layer 3A are laminated in this order.

具體而言,AR層的形成係利用濺射法在任意的成膜壓力條件下以使層構成從HC層側成為Nb2O5/SiO2/Nb2O5/SiO2、各層的膜厚分別成為15nm/2 5nm/105nm/85nm之方式實施了成膜。 Specifically, the formation of the AR layer is performed by a sputtering method under the conditions of any film formation pressure so that the layer composition becomes Nb 2 O 5 /SiO 2 /Nb 2 O 5 /SiO 2 from the side of the HC layer, and the film thickness of each layer. Film formation was carried out so as to be 15 nm / 2 5 nm / 105 nm / 85 nm, respectively.

[實施例2~6] [Examples 2 to 6]

使用HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-2~A-6來代替HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-1,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式製作出實施例2~6的防反射積層體。 The examples 2 to 6 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the curable composition A-2 to A-6 for forming the HC layer was used instead of the curable composition A-1 for forming the HC layer. Anti-reflection laminate.

[實施例7~11] [Examples 7 to 11]

將TAC薄膜的厚度和/或HC層的厚度變更為下述表2中所記載之厚度,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式製作出實施例7~11的防反射積層體。 The antireflection laminates of Examples 7 to 11 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the TAC film and/or the thickness of the HC layer were changed to the thicknesses described in Table 2 below.

<比較例> <Comparative example>

[比較例1~4] [Comparative Examples 1 to 4]

使用HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-7~A-10來代替HC層形成用硬化性組成物A-1,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式製作出比較例1~4的防反射積層體。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the curable composition A-7 to A-10 for forming the HC layer was used instead of the curable composition A-1 for forming the HC layer, Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were produced. Anti-reflection laminate.

[比較例5~7] [Comparative Examples 5 to 7]

將TAC薄膜的厚度和/或HC層的厚度變更為下述表2中所記載之厚度,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式製作出比較例5~7的防反射積層體。 The antireflection laminates of Comparative Examples 5 to 7 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the TAC film and/or the thickness of the HC layer were changed to the thicknesses described in Table 2 below.

[比較例8] [Comparative Example 8]

未設置AR層,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式製作出比較例8的防反射積層體。 An antireflection laminate of Comparative Example 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the AR layer was not provided.

<試驗> <trial>

對上述中製作出之防反射積層體進行了以下試驗。將試驗結果總結記載於下述表2。 The following test was carried out on the antireflection laminate produced in the above. A summary of the test results is shown in Table 2 below.

[試驗例1]剛性 [Test Example 1] Rigidity

使用樹脂膜厚度dS、樹脂膜彈性模數σS、HC層厚度dH、HC層彈性模數σH、AR層厚度dA、AR層彈性模數σA,由下述式計算出防反射積層體的剛性。 The resin film thickness d S , the resin film elastic modulus σ S , the HC layer thickness d H , the HC layer elastic modulus σ H , the AR layer thickness d A , and the AR layer elastic modulus σ A are calculated by the following formula The rigidity of the reflective laminate.

合成彈性模數σsyn=(σSdShdHAdA)/(dS+dH+dA) Synthetic elastic modulus σ syn =(σ S d Sh d HA d A )/(d S +d H +d A )

剛性=σsyn×(dS+dH+dA)3 Rigidity = σ syn × (d S + d H + d A ) 3

另外,利用下述方法計算出各彈性模數σS、σh及σAFurther, each of the elastic modulus σ S , σ h , and σ A is calculated by the following method.

(彈性模數) (elastic modulus)

超微小硬度試驗系統:使用PICODENTOR(Fischer公司製造),並使用Berkovich型壓頭(前端棱角142.3°)作為三角錐型鑽石壓頭,在25℃的條件下使壓頭垂直地接觸試樣表面,逐漸施加載荷,在達到最大載荷之後,使載荷逐漸恢復為0。計算出將此時的最大載荷P除以壓頭接觸部的投影面積A之值P/A作為奈米壓痕硬度H。在將卸載曲線的斜率設為S時,使用下述式計算出在25℃下之奈米壓痕彈性模數σ。在下述式中,π表示圓周率。 Ultra-micro hardness test system: using PICODENTOR (manufactured by Fischer), and using Berkovich type indenter (front end edge 142.3 °) as a triangular pyramid diamond indenter, the indenter is perpendicularly contacted with the sample surface at 25 ° C The load is gradually applied, and after the maximum load is reached, the load is gradually restored to zero. The value P/A at which the maximum load P at this time is divided by the projected area A of the indenter contact portion is calculated as the nanoindentation hardness H. When the slope of the unloading curve was set to S, the nanoindentation elastic modulus σ at 25 ° C was calculated using the following formula. In the following formula, π represents a pi.

σ=(S×π)/(2A) σ=(S× π)/(2 A)

原理的詳細內容記載於Handbook of Micro/NanoTribology(BharatBhushan編CRC)。 The details of the principle are described in Handbook of Micro/NanoTribology (Bharat Bhushan, ed. CRC).

利用以下方法製作出上述彈性模數測定用試樣。 The sample for measuring the elastic modulus described above was produced by the following method.

(彈性模數測定用試樣) (sample for measuring elastic modulus)

各層的彈性模數測定方法 Method for determining elastic modulus of each layer

樹脂膜:利用黏接劑在玻璃板上固定樹脂膜,用作測定用試樣。 Resin film: A resin film was fixed on a glass plate with an adhesive and used as a sample for measurement.

HC層:使用敷抹器,使HC層形成用硬化性組成物以乾燥後的膜厚成為25μm之方式流延在膜厚1mm的樹脂膜上,進行UV硬化後,在環境溫度80℃下乾燥10分鐘以上而形成了HC層。在該附HC層之樹脂膜的樹脂膜面側,利用黏接劑固定於玻璃板上,用作測定用試樣。 In the HC layer, the curable composition for forming a HC layer was cast on a resin film having a film thickness of 1 mm so that the film thickness after drying became 25 μm, UV-cured, and dried at an ambient temperature of 80 ° C. The HC layer was formed over 10 minutes. The resin film surface side of the resin film with the HC layer was fixed to a glass plate by an adhesive and used as a sample for measurement.

另外,當HC層厚度為25μm左右時,利用該方法測定之彈性模數能夠視為HC層的彈性模數。 Further, when the thickness of the HC layer is about 25 μm, the elastic modulus measured by this method can be regarded as the elastic modulus of the HC layer.

AR層:以與上述防反射積層體的製作中之AR層的形成相同之方式,利用濺射法在玻璃板上直接形成AR層,用作測定用試樣。 AR layer: An AR layer was directly formed on a glass plate by a sputtering method in the same manner as the formation of the AR layer in the production of the above-described antireflection laminate, and used as a sample for measurement.

[試驗例2]鉛筆硬度 [Test Example 2] Pencil hardness

按照JIS(JIS為Japanese Industrial Standards(日本工業標準))K 5400進行了鉛筆硬度評價。 The pencil hardness was evaluated in accordance with JIS (JIS is Japanese Industrial Standards) K 5400.

將防反射積層體(在樹脂膜上依次具有HC層、AR層之積層體)在溫度25℃、相對濕度60%的環境下調濕2小時之後,使用JIS S 6006中規定之H~9H的試驗用鉛筆,以4.9N的載荷對AR層的表面的不同5個部位劃痕。然後,在以目視確認到劃傷之部位為0~2個部位之鉛筆的硬度中,將硬度最高的鉛筆硬度作為評價結果。關於鉛筆硬度,“H”的前面所記載之數值越高,硬度越高,越為較佳。 The anti-reflection laminate (the layer having the HC layer and the AR layer in this order on the resin film) was conditioned for 2 hours in an environment of a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60%, and then the test of H-9H specified in JIS S 6006 was used. A pencil was used to scratch the five different portions of the surface of the AR layer with a load of 4.9 N. Then, among the hardness of the pencil which was visually confirmed to have 0 to 2 portions of the scratched portion, the pencil hardness having the highest hardness was used as the evaluation result. Regarding the pencil hardness, the higher the numerical value described in the front of "H", the higher the hardness, and the more preferable.

[試驗例3]鍵盤轉印試驗(載荷試驗) [Test Example 3] Keyboard transfer test (load test)

在鍵盤(Apple公司製造,商品名:MacBook pro)上以AR層與鍵盤接觸之方式載置了經由黏結劑貼合於玻璃之防反射積層體。另外,玻璃及貼合之防反射積層體為與鍵盤相同之尺寸(縱×橫)。在從該玻璃的上方施 加1kg載荷之狀態下,用振蕩機(YAMATO SCIENTIFIC CO.,LTD.製造,商品名:KM)搖晃3小時,以目視觀察防反射積層體的AR層表面所產生之劃傷及凹陷,分別按以下基準進行了評價。 An antireflection laminate attached to the glass via a bonding agent was placed on the keyboard (manufactured by Apple Inc., trade name: MacBook pro) so that the AR layer was in contact with the keyboard. In addition, the glass and the laminated anti-reflection laminate are the same size (longitudinal × horizontal) as the keyboard. In a state where a load of 1 kg was applied from above the glass, the oscillating machine (manufactured by YAMATO SCIENTIFIC CO., LTD., trade name: KM) was shaken for 3 hours to visually observe the surface of the AR layer of the antireflection laminate. Injuries and depressions were evaluated according to the following criteria.

<凹陷:評價基準> <Concave: Evaluation Criteria>

A:完全觀察不到凹陷。 A: No depression was observed at all.

B:稍微觀察到凹陷,但為使用上沒有問題之水準。 B: The dent was slightly observed, but there was no problem in use.

C:在一部分觀察到凹陷,但為使用上沒有問題之水準。 C: A depression was observed in a part, but there was no problem in use.

D:在一部分觀察到凹陷,為使用上有問題之水準。 D: A depression was observed in a part, which was a problematic level of use.

E:在整個面觀察到凹陷,為使用上有問題之水準。 E: A depression was observed on the entire surface, which was a problematic level of use.

<劃傷:評價基準> <scratch: evaluation criteria>

A:完全觀察不到劃傷。 A: No scratches were observed at all.

B:稍微觀察到劃傷,但為使用上沒有問題之水準。 B: Scratches were slightly observed, but there was no problem in use.

C:在一部分觀察到劃傷,但為使用上沒有問題之水準。 C: Scratches were observed in one part, but there was no problem in use.

D:在一部分觀察到劃傷,為使用上有問題之水準。 D: Scratches were observed in one part, which was a problematic level of use.

E:在整個面觀察到劃傷,為使用上有問題之水準。 E: Scratches were observed on the entire surface, which was a problematic level of use.

[試驗例4]鋼絲絨(SW)摩擦試驗 [Test Example 4] Steel wool (SW) friction test

使用摩擦試驗機,在溫度25℃、相對濕度60%的環境下,在與防反射積層體的AR層接觸之試驗機的摩擦前端部(1cm×1cm)捲繞鋼絲絨(NIHON STEEL WOOL CO.,LTD.製造,No.0)並進行帶式(band)固定以免移動,並在以下條件下摩擦了防反射積層體的AR層表面。 Using a friction tester, the steel wool was wound around the friction front end (1 cm × 1 cm) of the test machine in contact with the AR layer of the anti-reflection laminate at a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60% (NIHON STEEL WOOL CO. , manufactured by No. 0), and band-fixed to prevent movement, and rubbed the surface of the AR layer of the anti-reflection laminate under the following conditions.

移動距離(單程):13cm、摩擦速度:13cm/秒、載荷:500g、前端部接觸面積:1cm×1cm。 Moving distance (one-way): 13 cm, friction speed: 13 cm/sec, load: 500 g, front end contact area: 1 cm × 1 cm.

在試驗後的防反射積層體的樹脂膜表面塗抹油性黑色油墨,在反射光下從AR層側目視觀察與鋼絲絨接觸之部分的劃傷,並按以下基準進行了評價。 An oily black ink was applied to the surface of the resin film of the antireflection laminate after the test, and scratches in the portion in contact with the steel wool were visually observed from the AR layer side under reflected light, and evaluated according to the following criteria.

<評價基準> <Evaluation criteria>

A:即使非常仔細觀察,亦完全觀察不到劃傷。 A: Even if you look very carefully, you can't completely scratch it.

B:若非常仔細觀察,則可稍微觀察到不顯眼的劃傷,但為不成問題之水準。 B: If you look very carefully, you can observe the inconspicuous scratches slightly, but it is not a problem.

C:若仔細觀察,則可觀察到不顯眼的劃傷,但為不成問題之水準。 C: If you look closely, you can observe inconspicuous scratches, but it is not a problem.

D:可觀察到中等程度的劃傷,為劃傷顯著的水準。 D: A moderate degree of scratching can be observed, which is a significant level of scratching.

E:存在一看就可知之劃傷,為非常顯著的水準。 E: There is a scratch at a glance, which is a very significant level.

[試驗例5]鏡面反射率 [Test Example 5] Specular reflectance

利用下述方法測定出“鏡面反射率”。 The "specular reflectance" was measured by the following method.

用砂紙使防反射積層體的樹脂膜表面變粗糙之後,用黑色油墨(Teranishi Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造之補充用黑色標記油墨(magic ink))進行塗佈而製作出測定用樣品。使用分光光度計:V-550、選項ARV-474裝配(均為JASCO Corporation製造),在380nm~780nm的波長範圍內,向測定用樣品的AR層表面照射光,相對於入射角5°,在受光角5°下測定鏡面反射率,計算出在380nm~780nm下之平均反射率。 After the surface of the resin film of the antireflection laminate was roughened with a sandpaper, it was coated with a black ink (supplemented with a black ink) manufactured by Teranishi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. to prepare a sample for measurement. Using a spectrophotometer: V-550, an option ARV-474 assembly (all manufactured by JASCO Corporation), the surface of the AR layer of the measurement sample was irradiated with light at a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm, with respect to an incident angle of 5°. The specular reflectance was measured at a light angle of 5°, and the average reflectance at 380 nm to 780 nm was calculated.

[試驗例6]努氏硬度 [Test Example 6] Knoop hardness

基於ISO14577,使用努氏壓頭,在下述條件下從防反射積層體的AR層側進行壓入,計算出進行了10次測定之算術平均作為努氏硬度。 Based on ISO 14577, the Knoop indenter was used, and the AR layer of the antireflection laminate was pressed under the following conditions, and the arithmetic mean of the measurement 10 times was calculated as the Knoop hardness.

[測定裝置]微小硬度試驗機:Fischer scope HM2000(Fischer Instrume nts K.K.製造) [Measurement device] Micro hardness tester: Fischer scope HM2000 (manufactured by Fischer Instrume nts K.K.)

[負荷時間]10秒 [loading time] 10 seconds

[壓入載荷]50mN [pressing load] 50mN

[試驗例7]厚度 [Test Example 7] Thickness

利用以下方法,使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron microscope;SEM)觀察而測定出“厚度”。 The "thickness" was measured by a scanning electron microscope (SEM) by the following method.

利用離子束、切片機等常規方法,使各構成構件(樹脂膜、HC層及AR層)或包括各構成構件之構件(例如液晶面板或其一部分)的截面露出之後,在露出之截面上進行了基於SEM之截面觀察。在截面觀察中,求出了各種厚度來作為將構件的寬度方向4等分時之除兩端以外的3個等分點處之厚度的算術平均。 The cross section of each of the constituent members (resin film, HC layer, and AR layer) or members including the constituent members (for example, a liquid crystal panel or a part thereof) is exposed by a conventional method such as an ion beam or a microtome, and then exposed on the exposed cross section. Cross-sectional observation based on SEM. In the cross-sectional observation, various thicknesses were obtained as arithmetic averages of the thicknesses at three equal points except for both ends when the width direction of the member was divided into four.

上述表2中,“-”表示由於比較例8的積層體不具有AR層而未進行評價。 In the above Table 2, "-" indicates that the laminate of Comparative Example 8 did not have an AR layer and was not evaluated.

又,形成HC層之聚合性化合物的組成比為質量比。 Further, the composition ratio of the polymerizable compound forming the HC layer is a mass ratio.

如表2所記載,實施例1~11的本發明的防反射積層體均可充分抑制載荷所伴隨之凹陷的產生及劃傷的產生,又,耐擦性亦優異,鏡面反射率低,防反射功能亦優異。 As described in Table 2, the antireflection laminates of the present invention of Examples 1 to 11 can sufficiently suppress the occurrence of dents and scratches due to load, and also have excellent rub resistance and low specular reflectance. The reflection function is also excellent.

相對於此,比較例1及2的積層體的努氏硬度超過300mN/mm2。該比較例1及2在耐擦性方面差。 On the other hand, the laminate of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 had a Knoop hardness of more than 300 mN/mm 2 . The comparative examples 1 and 2 were inferior in abrasion resistance.

又,比較例3的積層體的鉛筆硬度小於4H,比較例4的積層體的鉛筆硬度小於4H,且積層體的努氏硬度小於150mN/mm2。該比較例3及4在抑制鍵盤轉印試驗後之劃傷的產生之方面差,在耐擦性方面亦差。 Further, the laminated body of Comparative Example 3 had a pencil hardness of less than 4H, the laminated body of Comparative Example 4 had a pencil hardness of less than 4H, and the laminated body had a Knoop hardness of less than 150 mN/mm 2 . The comparative examples 3 and 4 were inferior in suppressing the occurrence of scratches after the keyboard transfer test, and were also inferior in rub resistance.

比較例5及7的積層體的剛性均小於8.0N‧mm,且積層體的鉛筆硬度均小於4H。該比較例5及7在抑制鍵盤轉印試驗後之凹陷的產生及劃傷的產生這兩個方面均差。又,比較例6的積層體的鉛筆硬度小於4H。該比較例6在抑制鍵盤轉印試驗後之劃傷的產生之方面差。 The laminates of Comparative Examples 5 and 7 each had a rigidity of less than 8.0 N ‧ mm, and the pencil hardness of the laminate was less than 4H. The comparative examples 5 and 7 were inferior in both the generation of the depression and the generation of the scratch after the keyboard transfer test was suppressed. Further, the laminated body of Comparative Example 6 had a pencil hardness of less than 4H. This Comparative Example 6 was inferior in suppressing the occurrence of scratches after the keyboard transfer test.

另外,不具有AR層之比較例8的鏡面反射率顯出4%,防反射功能不充分。 Further, in Comparative Example 8 which does not have the AR layer, the specular reflectance was 4%, and the antireflection function was insufficient.

在將本發明的防反射積層體使用於偏振片及圖像顯示裝置時,認為上述偏振片等能夠充分抑制載荷所伴隨之鍵盤轉印,又,顯出優異之耐擦性。 When the antireflection laminate of the present invention is used for a polarizing plate and an image display device, it is considered that the polarizing plate or the like can sufficiently suppress the transfer of the keyboard accompanying the load, and the excellent scratch resistance is exhibited.

Claims (11)

一種防反射積層體,其係至少具有樹脂膜、配置於該樹脂膜上的單面之硬塗層及配置於該硬塗層上之無機氧化物層之該防反射積層體,該積層體的鉛筆硬度為4H以上,剛性為8.0N‧mm以上,努氏硬度為150~300mN/mm 2An anti-reflection laminate comprising at least a resin film, a one-side hard coat layer disposed on the resin film, and an anti-reflection laminate body of an inorganic oxide layer disposed on the hard coat layer, the laminate body The pencil hardness is 4H or more, the rigidity is 8.0 N ‧ mm or more, and the Knoop hardness is 150 to 300 mN/mm 2 . 如請求項1之防反射積層體,其中該硬塗層係將組成物聚合硬化而成,該組成物含有具有自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物1、及與該聚合性化合物1不同之在同一分子內具有陽離子聚合性基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物2和/或在同一分子內具有伸烷氧基和自由基聚合性基之聚合性化合物3。  The antireflection laminate according to claim 1, wherein the hard coat layer is obtained by polymerizing and hardening a composition, and the composition contains a polymerizable compound 1 having a radical polymerizable group, and is different from the polymerizable compound 1 The polymerizable compound 2 having a cationically polymerizable group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule and/or the polymerizable compound 3 having an alkoxy group and a radical polymerizable group in the same molecule.   如請求項2之防反射積層體,其中該組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,該聚合性化合物2的含有率為30質量%以上。  The antireflection laminate of claim 2, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound 2 is 30% by mass or more of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the composition.   如請求項2之防反射積層體,其中該組成物中所包含之所有聚合性化合物中,該聚合性化合物3的含有率為30質量%以上。  The antireflection laminate of claim 2, wherein the content of the polymerizable compound 3 in all the polymerizable compounds contained in the composition is 30% by mass or more.   如請求項2至4中任一項之防反射積層體,其中該陽離子聚合性基係環氧基。  The antireflection laminate according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the cationically polymerizable group is an epoxy group.   如請求項5之防反射積層體,其中該環氧基係脂環式環氧基。  An antireflection laminate according to claim 5, wherein the epoxy group is an alicyclic epoxy group.   如請求項2至4中任一項之防反射積層體,其中該伸烷氧基係伸乙氧基。  The antireflection laminate according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the alkylene oxide is an ethoxy group.   如請求項1至4中任一項之防反射積層體,其中該硬塗層的厚度為15μm~40μm。  The antireflection laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the hard coat layer has a thickness of from 15 μm to 40 μm.   如請求項1至4中任一項之防反射積層體,其中該樹脂膜的厚度為80μm~250μm。  The antireflection laminate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the resin film has a thickness of from 80 μm to 250 μm.   一種偏振片,其具有如請求項1至9中任一項之防反射積層體和偏振鏡。  A polarizing plate having the antireflection laminate and the polarizer according to any one of claims 1 to 9.   一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如請求項1至9中任一項之防反射積層體。  An image display device having the antireflection laminate as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9.  
TW107103578A 2017-03-27 2018-02-01 Antireflection laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device including same TW201840431A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-061375 2017-03-27
JP2017061375 2017-03-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201840431A true TW201840431A (en) 2018-11-16

Family

ID=63674888

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107103578A TW201840431A (en) 2017-03-27 2018-02-01 Antireflection laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device including same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6721783B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201840431A (en)
WO (1) WO2018179757A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI809340B (en) * 2019-12-27 2023-07-21 日商索馬龍股份有限公司 Black light-shielding member

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113913125B (en) * 2021-10-20 2023-03-21 江西昊泽光学膜科技有限公司 Ultra-clear flexible glass protective film and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4595992B2 (en) * 2007-11-06 2010-12-08 凸版印刷株式会社 Hard coat film or sheet with functional inorganic thin film
US20120040190A1 (en) * 2010-08-16 2012-02-16 Honeywell International, Inc. Epoxy/acrylate hybrid coatings for opthalmic lenes
JP2016012021A (en) * 2014-06-27 2016-01-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, image display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate protective film

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI809340B (en) * 2019-12-27 2023-07-21 日商索馬龍股份有限公司 Black light-shielding member

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018179757A1 (en) 2019-11-07
JP6721783B2 (en) 2020-07-15
WO2018179757A1 (en) 2018-10-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6843962B2 (en) Optical film and front plate of image display device having it, image display device, mirror with image display function, resistive touch panel and capacitive touch panel
US20190091970A1 (en) Laminate and front panel of image display apparatus, image display apparatus, mirror with image display function, resistive film-type touch panel, and capacitance-type touch panel having laminate
US11016223B2 (en) Hardcoat film and application thereof
KR101971011B1 (en) A hard coat film, a front plate of an image display element, a resistive film type touch panel, a capacitive touch panel, and an image display device
JP6782305B2 (en) Optical film and front plate of image display device having it, image display device, mirror with image display function, resistive touch panel and capacitive touch panel
CN112041714B (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, touch panel, and image display device
JP6802361B2 (en) Optical film and front plate of image display device having it, image display device, mirror with image display function, resistive touch panel and capacitive touch panel
JP7198946B2 (en) Optical laminate, polarizing plate, image display device, resistive touch panel and capacitive touch panel
TW201840431A (en) Antireflection laminate, and polarizing plate and image display device including same
US11435502B2 (en) Optical film and front panel of image display apparatus, image display apparatus, mirror with image display function, resistive film-type touch panel, and capacitance-type touch panel having optical film
US11092845B2 (en) Liquid crystal panel and image display device
WO2017115641A1 (en) Hard coat film and application of same
US20180208776A1 (en) Hardcoat film, front plate of image display element, resistive film-type touch panel, capacitance-type touch panel, and image display